SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


 

FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16 OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

18 May 2007

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ACN 005 357 522

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

Level 6, 100 Queen Street Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x        Form 40-F  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  o                   No  x

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):

This Form 6-K may contain certain forward-looking statements, including statements regarding (i) economic and financial forecasts, (ii) anticipated implementation of certain control systems and programs, (iii) the expected outcomes of legal proceedings and (iv) strategic priorities.  Such forward- looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statement contained in these forward- looking statements.  For example, these forward-looking statements may be affected by movements in exchange rates and interest rates, general economic conditions, our ability to acquire or develop necessary technology, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, government regulation, the competitive environment and political and regulatory policies.  There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in the Form 6-K.

 




Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    (Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

   /s/ John Priestley

 

 

 

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

(Signature)*

 

 

 

Date 18 May 2007


* Print the name and title of the signing officer under his signature.

2




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED GROUP

General Disclosure Statement

for the six months ended 31 March 2007

Number 45 Issued May 2007

 

ANZ National Bank Limited




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

GENERAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENT for the six months ended 31 March 2007

Contents

General Disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Income Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Statements of Recognised Income and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Directorate and Auditors

 

 

 

 

 

Conditions of Registration

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating Information

 

 

 

 

 

Directors’ Statement

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Review Report

 

 

 

 

 

Index

 

 

 

1




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

GENERAL DISCLOSURES

This Disclosure Statement has been issued in accordance with the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half-Year – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007 (‘the Order’).

In this Disclosure Statement unless the context otherwise requires:

a)                 “Banking Group” means ANZ National Bank Limited and all its subsidiaries; and

b)                any term or expression which is defined in, or in the manner prescribed by, the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half Year – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007 shall have the meaning given in or prescribed by that Order.

General Matters

The full name of the registered bank is ANZ National Bank Limited (‘the Bank’) and its address for service is Level 14, ANZ Tower, 215-229 Lambton Quay, Wellington, New Zealand.

The Bank was incorporated under the Companies Act 1955 by virtue of the ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Act 1979 on 23 October 1979, and was reregistered under the Companies Act 1993 on 13 June 1997.

The immediate parent company of the Bank is ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited (incorporated in New Zealand). The immediate parent company is owned by ANZ Funds Pty Limited (incorporated in Australia).

The Ultimate Parent Bank is Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (‘ANZ’), which is incorporated in Australia, and its address for service is 100 Queen Street, Melbourne, Australia.

The Bank is wholly owned by its immediate parent company and ultimately the Ultimate Parent Bank. The immediate parent company has the power under the Bank’s Constitution to appoint any person as a Director of the Bank either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director or to remove any person from the office of Director, from time to time by giving written notice to the Bank. No appointment of a new Director may occur unless the Reserve Bank of New Zealand confirms that it does not object to the appointment.

Nature of Business

The principal activities of the Banking Group during the period were retail, corporate and rural banking, mortgage lending, hire purchase and general finance, international and investment banking, nominee and custodian services, and life insurance and funds management activities through the ING New Zealand joint venture.

With the sale of Truck Leasing Limited, the Banking Group no longer has significant operating lease activities.

Material Financial Support

In accordance with the requirements issued by the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority pursuant to the Prudential Standards, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, as the Ultimate Parent Bank, may not provide material financial support to the Bank contrary to the following:

·                     the Ultimate Parent Bank should not undertake any third party dealings with the prime purpose of supporting the business of the Bank;

·                     the Ultimate Parent Bank should not bold unlimited exposures (should be limited as to specified time and amount) in the Bank (e.g. not provide a general guarantee covering any of the Bank’s obligations);

·                     the Ultimate Parent Bank should not enter into cross default clauses whereby a default by the Bank on an obligation (whether financial or otherwise) is deemed to trigger a default of the Ultimate Parent Bank in its obligations; .

·                     the Board of the Ultimate Parent Bank in determining limits on acceptable levels of exposure to the Bank should have regard to:

·                    the level of exposure that would be approved to third parties of broadly equivalent credit status. In this regard, prior consultation (and in cases approval) is required before entering exceptionally large exposures; and

·                    the impact on the Ultimate Parent Bank’s capital and liquidity position and its ability to continue operating in the event of a failure by the Bank.

·                     the level of exposure to the Bank not exceeding:

·                    50% on an individual exposure basis; and

·                    150% in aggregate (being exposures to all similar regulated entities related to the Ultimate Parent Bank)

of the Ultimate Parent Bank’s capital base.

Additionally, the Ultimate Parent Bank may not provide material financial support in breach of the Australian Banking Act (1959). This requires the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority to exercise its powers and functions for the protection of a bank’s depositors and in the event of a bank becoming unable to meet its obligations or suspending payment, the assets of the bank in Australia shall be available to meet that bank’s deposit liabilities in Australia in priority to all other liabilities of the bank.

The Ultimate Parent Bank has not provided material financial support to the Bank contrary to any of the above requirements.

Pending Proceedings or Arbitration

Other than disclosed in the Disclosure Statement, there are no pending proceedings or arbitration concerning any member of the Banking Group that may have a material adverse effect on the Bank or the Banking Group as at the date of the General Disclosure Statement.

The Banking Group has received amended tax assessments from the New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (‘IRD’) in respect of its review of certain structured finance transactions. The Banking Group is confident, based on independent tax and legal advice obtained, that its tax treatment of these transactions is correct and disagrees with the IRD’s position.

The Commerce Commission has brought proceedings under the Commerce Act 1986 against Visa, MasterCard and all New Zealand issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit cards, including the Bank. Several major New Zealand retailers have also issued proceedings. The Bank is defending the proceedings. At this stage any potential liabilities cannot be assessed.

Further details on pending proceedings or arbitration are set out in Note 41 Contingent Liabilities and Credit Related Commitments.

Other Material Matters

There are no matters relating to the business or affairs of the Bank and the Banking Group which are not contained elsewhere in the General Disclosure Statement and which would, if disclosed, materially adversely affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt securities of which the Bank or any member of the Banking Group is the issuer.

Guarantors

 

The material obligations of the Bank are not guaranteed.

2




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous

 

Previous

 

Previous

 

 

 

NZ IFRS

 

NZ IFRS(1),(2)

 

NZ IFRS(1),(2)

 

GAAP(3)

 

GAAP

 

GAAP

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

30/09/2006

 

30/09/2005

 

30/09/2004

 

30/09/2003

 

30/09/2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

3,923

 

7,206

 

6,009

 

4,481

 

1,980

 

1,829

 

Interest expense

 

2,816

 

5,077

 

4,069

 

2,797

 

1,220

 

1,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,107

 

2,129

 

1,940

 

1,684

 

760

 

717

 

Other operating income

 

422

 

802

 

794

 

751

 

453

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

1,529

 

2,931

 

2,734

 

2,435

 

1,213

 

1,217

 

Operating expenses

 

653

 

1,323

 

1,312

 

1,265

 

559

 

545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

876

 

1,608

 

1,422

 

1,170

 

654

 

672

 

Collective provision charge (credit)

 

22

 

(10

)

121

 

133

 

61

 

65

 

Individual provision charge(4)

 

8

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

30

 

18

 

121

 

133

 

61

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

846

 

1,590

 

1,301

 

1,037

 

593

 

607

 

Income tax expense

 

287

 

523

 

398

 

357

 

176

 

177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

559

 

1,067

 

903

 

680

 

417

 

430

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operation (net of income tax)

 

76

 

5

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

635

 

1,072

 

917

 

680

 

417

 

430

 

Retained profits at beginning of the period

 

2,235

 

2,003

 

1,438

 

958

 

841

 

786

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS on 1 October 2004

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available for appropriation

 

2,870

 

3,136

 

2,359

 

1,638

 

1,258

 

1,216

 

Actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit schemes after tax

 

6

 

(1

)

4

 

 

 

 

Appropriation Interim ordinary dividends paid

 

 

(900

)

(360

)

(200

)

(300

)

(375

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits at end of the period

 

2,876

 

2,235

 

2,003

 

1,438

 

958

 

841

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous

 

Previous

 

Previous

 

 

 

NZ IFRS

 

NZ IFRS(1),(2)

 

NZ IFRS(1),(2)

 

GAAP(3)

 

GAAP

 

GAAP

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

30/09/2006

 

30/09/2005

 

30/09/2004

 

30/09/2003

 

30/09/2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total impaired assets (on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet)

 

124

 

159

 

220

 

123

 

25

 

43

 

Total assets

 

100,958

 

96,024

 

85,501

 

74,212

 

29,362

 

27,353

 

Total liabilities

 

92,066

 

87,791

 

77,555

 

66,831

 

27,998

 

26,106

 

Equity

 

8,892

 

8,233

 

7,946

 

7,381

 

1,364

 

1,247

 

 


(1) On 1 October 2005, the Banking Group adopted New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (‘NZ IFRS’). In accordance with NZ IFRS, the comparative information was restated using the new accounting standards from 1 October 2004. As permitted by the transitional provisions set out in NZ IFRS 1: First-time Adoption of New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards, management has elected not to restate comparative information for the adoption of NZ IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation (NZ IAS 32) and NZ IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (NZ IAS 39). Refer to Note 52 Explanation of Transition to NZ IFRS in the 30 September 2006 General Disclosure Statement for an explanation of the Banking Group’s transition to NZ IFRS and the adjustments required to comply with NZ IFRS.

(2) Truck Leasing Limited has been classified as a discontinued operation for the comparative years ending 30 September 2006 and 30 September 2005. For further details, refer to Note 10 Discontinued Operations.

(3) On 1 December 2003, the Banking Group acquired all of the shares of NBNZ Holdings Limited (‘NBNZ Group’). The results and financial position of NBNZ Group have been included in the Banking Group since that date. For further details, refer to Note 14 Acquisition of Subsidiaries in the 30 September 2004 General Disclosure Statement.

(4) The Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s guidelines require the Banking Group to show the individual provision charge to profit as the ‘impaired asset expense’. Prior to adopting NZ IFRS on 1 October 2005, under the Banking Group’s Bad and Doubtful Debts policy, the required individual provision was not charged to profit, but was transferred from the collective provision balance. The Banking Group’s provision for credit impairment, which represented the expected average annual loss on principal over the economic cycle for the lending portfolio, was credited to the collective provision. Under NZ IFRS, there is no longer a transfer between the collective and individual provisions. Further detail on the provision for credit impairment is set out in Note 15 Provision for Credit Impairment.

3




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

INCOME STATEMENTS for the six months ended 31 March 2007

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

4

 

3,923

 

3,455

 

7,206

 

3,777

 

3,287

 

6,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

5

 

2,816

 

2,437

 

5,077

 

2,995

 

2,610

 

5,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,107

 

1,018

 

2,129

 

782

 

677

 

1,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

4

 

411

 

426

 

780

 

485

 

402

 

885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit of equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities

 

16

 

11

 

12

 

22

 

11

 

12

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

1,529

 

1,456

 

2,931

 

1,278

 

1,091

 

2,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

5

 

653

 

683

 

1,323

 

629

 

657

 

1,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

 

 

876

 

773

 

1,608

 

649

 

434

 

937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

15

 

30

 

13

 

18

 

29

 

12

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

846

 

760

 

1,590

 

620

 

422

 

921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

6

 

287

 

242

 

523

 

195

 

135

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

 

 

559

 

518

 

1,067

 

425

 

287

 

611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operation (net of income tax)

 

10

 

76

 

2

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

 

 

635

 

520

 

1,072

 

425

 

287

 

611

 

 

The notes on pages 8 to 85 form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

4




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSES for the six months ended 31 March 2007

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Available-for-sale revaluation reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation gain taken to equity

 

30

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Cumulative gain transferred to the income statement on sale

 

30

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedging reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation gain (loss) taken to equity

 

30

 

31

 

(60

)

18

 

31

 

(60

)

18

 

Actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit schemes

 

30, 51

 

9

 

(2

)

(2

)

9

 

(2

)

(2

)

Income tax (expense) credit on items recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

(13

)

21

 

(5

)

(13

)

21

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (expense) recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

24

 

(41

)

14

 

24

 

(41

)

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

 

 

635

 

520

 

1,072

 

425

 

287

 

611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recognised income and expenses for the period

 

 

 

659

 

479

 

1,086

 

449

 

246

 

625

 

 

The notes on pages 8 to 85 form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

5




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

BALANCE SHEETS as at 31 March 2007

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

Note

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

7

 

5,741

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

5,740

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

8

 

3,067

 

7,110

 

5,617

 

2,580

 

6,510

 

5,111

 

Trading securities

 

9

 

1,917

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

1,916

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

Held for sale assets

 

10

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

11

 

3,041

 

3,648

 

2,020

 

3,066

 

3,648

 

2,019

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

12

 

45

 

556

 

359

 

35

 

546

 

349

 

Net loans and advances

 

13, 14, 15

 

82,258

 

74,176

 

78,155

 

78,570

 

70,462

 

74,453

 

Due from subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,543

 

1,577

 

1,505

 

Shares in controlled entities, associates and jointly controlled entities

 

16

 

190

 

174

 

177

 

7,669

 

8,774

 

7,684

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

28

 

 

114

 

208

 

100

 

242

 

Other assets

 

17

 

800

 

606

 

890

 

686

 

505

 

797

 

Deferred tax assets

 

18

 

353

 

363

 

332

 

324

 

328

 

307

 

Premises and equipment

 

19

 

225

 

729

 

240

 

54

 

51

 

59

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

20

 

3,293

 

3,283

 

3,288

 

3,243

 

3,237

 

3,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

100,958

 

94,294

 

96,024

 

105,634

 

99,387

 

100,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

21

 

4,178

 

3,936

 

3,987

 

1,741

 

2,357

 

2,828

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

22

 

64,758

 

61,716

 

63,176

 

56,618

 

51,067

 

53,594

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,185

 

29,347

 

28,648

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

11

 

3,168

 

2,927

 

1,997

 

3,165

 

2,916

 

1,992

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

23

 

1,413

 

1,363

 

1,240

 

1,132

 

1,143

 

1,015

 

Held for sale liabilities

 

10

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

24

 

262

 

178

 

210

 

256

 

143

 

202

 

Provisions

 

25

 

144

 

149

 

135

 

127

 

144

 

131

 

Bonds and notes

 

26

 

13,340

 

11,323

 

12,468

 

509

 

935

 

475

 

Related party funding

 

27

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

Loan capital

 

28

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

92,066

 

85,768

 

87,791

 

98,536

 

92,217

 

93,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

8,892

 

8,526

 

8,233

 

7,098

 

7,170

 

6,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

29

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

Reserves

 

30

 

73

 

 

55

 

73

 

 

55

 

Retained profits

 

30

 

2,876

 

2,583

 

2,235

 

1,082

 

1,227

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

8,892

 

8,526

 

8,233

 

7,098

 

7,170

 

6,649

 

 

6




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CASH FLOW STATEMENTS for the six months ended 31 March 2007

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

3,717

 

3,174

 

6,707

 

3,581

 

3,048

 

6,445

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

101

 

 

153

 

Fees and other income received

 

 

 

437

 

515

 

953

 

398

 

425

 

774

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(2,587

)

(2,221

)

(4,669

)

(2,762

)

(2,423

)

(5,229

)

Operating expenses paid

 

 

 

(664

)

(657

)

(1,276

)

(650

)

(635

)

(1,230

)

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

(176

)

(116

)

(466

)

(137

)

(22

)

(285

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

728

 

695

 

1,250

 

531

 

393

 

628

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease (increase) in due from other financial institutions – term

 

 

 

893

 

(1,042

)

(128

)

894

 

(1,931

)

(302

)

Increase in trading securities

 

 

 

(227

)

(739

)

(576

)

(226

)

(739

)

(576

)

(Increase) decrease in derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

(497

)

70

 

330

 

(500

)

64

 

301

 

Decrease in available-for-sale assets

 

 

 

315

 

886

 

957

 

315

 

896

 

967

 

Increase in loans and advances

 

 

 

(4,344

)

(4,476

)

(8,550

)

(4,343

)

(4,471

)

(8,553

)

Increase in due from subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38

)

(147

)

(75

)

Decrease in other assets

 

 

 

130

 

415

 

117

 

144

 

404

 

123

 

Increase (decrease) in due to other financial institutions – term

 

 

 

1,223

 

(571

)

(386

)

(1

)

26

 

(107

)

Increase in deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

1,416

 

1,565

 

2,883

 

2,863

 

2,944

 

5,301

 

Increase (decrease) in payables and other liabilities

 

 

 

137

 

(237

)

(375

)

87

 

(258

)

(399

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

45

 

(226

)

(3,434

)

(4,478

)

(274

)

(2,819

)

(2,692

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of shares in associates and jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

Proceeds related to sale of controlled entities(1)

 

10

 

585

 

 

 

 

 

1,091

 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

 

16

 

21

 

87

 

2

 

55

 

57

 

Purchase of shares in associates and jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

(2

)

(4

)

(7

)

 

(4

)

(5

)

Acquisition of shares in subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

(1,230

)

(1,235

)

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

 

(8

)

(4

)

(10

)

(7

)

(4

)

(9

)

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

 

 

(25

)

(98

)

(228

)

(7

)

(5

)

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

566

 

(85

)

(151

)

(12

)

(1,188

)

(126

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from bonds and notes

 

 

 

2,251

 

4,026

 

6,337

 

27

 

302

 

312

 

Redemptions of bonds and notes

 

 

 

(503

)

(69

)

(663

)

 

(16

)

(482

)

Proceeds from loan capital

 

 

 

250

 

 

400

 

250

 

 

400

 

Redemptions of loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(100

)

Increase in due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,420

 

4,211

 

4,156

 

Increase (decrease) in related party funding

 

 

 

44

 

(7

)

70

 

44

 

(7

)

70

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

(900

)

 

 

(900

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

 

 

 

2,042

 

3,950

 

5,144

 

2,741

 

4,490

 

3,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

 

 

(226

)

(3,434

)

(4,478

)

(274

)

(2,819

)

(2,692

)

Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

566

 

(85

)

(151

)

(12

)

(1,188

)

(126

)

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

 

 

 

2,042

 

3,950

 

5,144

 

2,741

 

4,490

 

3,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

2,382

 

431

 

515

 

2,455

 

483

 

638

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

 

 

2,728

 

2,213

 

2,213

 

3,865

 

3,227

 

3,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

 

 

5,110

 

2,644

 

2,728

 

6,320

 

3,710

 

3,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents to the balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

 

 

5,741

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

5,740

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

Due from other financial institutions – less than 90 days

 

 

 

2,305

 

3,921

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

3,918

 

3,976

 

Due to other financial institutions – less than 90 days

 

 

 

(2,936

)

(3,274

)

(3,968

)

(1,723

)

(2,205

)

(2,809

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

5,110

 

2,644

 

2,728

 

6,320

 

3,710

 

3,865

 

 

The cash flow statement has not been restated for the classification of Truck Leasing Limited (‘TLL’) as a discontinued operation as at 30 September 2006. Disclosure of the net cash flows attributable to the operating, investing and financing activities of the discontinued operations are presented in Note 10 Discontinued Operations.

The notes on pages 8 to 85 form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.


(1) The cash proceeds from the sale of controlled entities includes $438 million relating to the repayment of TLL’s unsecured bank borrowings with UDC Finance Limited by the acquiree.

7




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.                       ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(i)                      Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 1993, the Financial Reporting Act 1993 and the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half Year – New Zealand Incorporated Banks) Order 2007 (the ‘Order’). The parent company’s financial statements are for ANZ National Bank Limited (the ‘Bank’) as a separate entity and the consolidated financial statements are for the ANZ National Bank Limited Group (the ‘Banking Group’ and reporting entity), which includes subsidiaries and associate companies disclosed in Note 47 Controlled Entities, Associates and Interests in Jointly Controlled Entities.

These financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. They comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate for profit-oriented entities. Compliance with NZ IFRS ensures that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’).

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 1 May 2007.

(ii)                  Presentation currency and rounding

The amounts contained in the financial statements are presented in millions of New Zealand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

(iii)              Changes in accounting policies / adoption of NZ IFRS

The Ultimate Parent Company, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, adopted the Australian equivalents to IFRS for the reporting period commencing 1 October 2005. Hence, from this date, the Banking Group has elected to prepare financial statements using NZ IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and approved by the Accounting Standards Review Board (‘ASRB’).

The accounting policies set out below have been consistently applied to all periods presented in these financial statements, except for a change in the recognition of financial guarantee contracts. With effect from 1 October 2006, financial guarantee contracts are recognised initially at fair value. After initial recognition, such contracts are measured at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with NZ IAS 37: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, or the amount initially recognised. There was no financial impact on adoption of this amendment to NZ IAS 39: Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

The Banking Group has not early adopted NZ IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures (‘NZ IFRS 7’), issued in November 2005. This standard is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007. Application of NZ IFRS 7 will result in changes to disclosures about the risks arising from financial instruments. The initial application of NZ IFRS 7 is not expected to have an impact on the financial results.

(iv)                 Measurement base

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with historical cost concepts except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value: derivative financial instruments, assets treated as available for sale, financial instruments held for trading, certain financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, certain assets and liabilities designated as part of fair value hedging arrangements and defined benefit scheme assets and liabilities.

(v)                     Accounting estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and the application of policies. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

For further discussion on the judgements and estimates made by the Banking Group, in the process of applying its accounting policies, that have the most effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements refer to Note 2 Critical Estimates and Judgements Used in Applying Accounting Policies.

(vi)                 Consolidation

These financial statements consolidate the financial statements of ANZ National Bank Limited (the ‘Bank’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Banking Group’).

Subsidiaries

Control means the power to govern, directly or indirectly, decision making in relation to the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Where subsidiaries have been sold or acquired during the period, their operating results have been included to the date control ceases or from the date control is transferred to the Banking Group.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at acquisition date. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Banking Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the Banking Group’s share of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. The accounting policies of the subsidiary have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Banking Group.

Associates and joint ventures

Associates are all entities over which the Banking Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the Banking Group has joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control and exists only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the business activities of the joint venture require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Banking Group adopts the equity method of accounting for associates and jointly controlled entities. The Banking Group’s investment in equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities is initially recognised at cost and includes any attributable goodwill (net of accumulated impairment losses) identified on acquisition.

8




The Banking Group’s share of the post acquisition results of associates and jointly controlled entities is included in the consolidated income statement and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves recognised in reserves. Shares in associates and jointly controlled entities are stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost plus the Banking Group’s share of post acquisition net assets. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Banking Group and its associates and jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Banking Group’s interest in the entity. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. The accounting policies of an associate or jointly controlled entity have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Banking Group.

Interests in associates and jointly controlled entities are reviewed at each reporting date for impairment. Any impairment is recognised in the income statement.

All significant activities of the Banking Group, with the exception of the ING New Zealand Joint Venture, are operated through wholly owned and controlled entities.

The Banking Group may invest in or establish special purpose entities to enable it to undertake specific types of transactions. Where the Banking Group controls such vehicles, they are consolidated into the Banking Group’s financial results.

(vii)             Foreign currency

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Banking Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The Banking Group’s financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars, which is the Bank’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing on the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from (i) the settlement of such transactions, and (ii) the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Translation differences on non-monetary items held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss in the income statement.

(viii)         Revenue and expense recognition

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Banking Group and that revenue can be reliably measured. Expenses are recognised in the income statement on an accruals basis.

(ix)                Interest income and interest expense

Interest income and interest expense are recognised in the income statement as they accrue, using the effective interest method.

The effective interest method calculates the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability and allocates the interest income or interest expense, including any fees and directly related transaction costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, over the expected life of the financial asset or liability. The application of the method has the effect of recognising income and expense on the financial asset or liability evenly in proportion to the amount outstanding over the period to maturity or repayment. Loan commitment fees (together with related direct costs), are deferred and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest on the loan once drawn or immediately to the income statement for expired commitments.

Fees and commissions payable to brokers in respect of originating lending business, where these are direct and incremental costs related to the issue of a financial instrument, are included in interest income as part of the effective interest rate.

(x)                    Fee and commission income

Fees and commission income integral to the effective yield of a financial asset or liability are recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest calculation and included in net interest income.

Fees and commissions that relate to the execution of a significant act (for example, advisory services, placement fees and underwriting fees) are recognised when the significant act has been completed.

Fees charged for providing ongoing services that represent the recoupment of the costs of providing service (for example, maintaining and administering existing facilities) are recognised as revenue over the period the service is provided.

(xi)                Offsetting of income and expenses

Income and expenses are not offset unless required or permitted by an accounting standard. This generally arises in the following circumstances:

·                    where gains and losses relating to fair value hedges are assessed as being effective;

·                    where gains and losses from a group of similar transactions are reported on a net basis such as foreign exchange gains and losses;

·                    where amounts are collected on behalf of third parties, where the Banking Group is, in substance, acting as an agent only; or

·                    where costs are incurred on behalf of customers from whom the Banking Group is reimbursed.

(xii)            Recognition and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Banking Group recognises a financial asset or liability on its balance sheet when, and only when, the Banking Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial asset or liability. The Banking Group derecognises a financial asset from its balance sheet when, and only when, (i) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or (ii) the Banking Group has transferred all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset and no longer controls the financial asset. The Banking Group derecognises a financial liability from its balance sheet, when and only when, it is extinguished.

(xiii)        Trading securities

Trading securities are those financial assets classified as held for trading and comprise debt and equity securities and treasury notes purchased with the intent of being actively traded. Trading securities are initially recognised at fair value on trade date with transaction costs taken to the income statement. Gains and losses on subsequent revaluation are taken to the income statement. The assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired, or the Banking Group has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. Fair value for listed and unlisted securities is determined by the price displayed by a willing buyer in a liquid market at the reporting date. Where a market price in a liquid market is not readily available, the fair value is determined by reference to the market price available for a security with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics or by using industry standard pricing models.

9




(xiv)           Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is derived from changes in one or more underlying financial instruments or indices. They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments.

Derivative financial instruments are entered into for trading purposes (including customer-related reasons) or for hedging purposes (where the derivative instruments are used to hedge the Banking Group’s exposures to interest rate risk, currency risk, price risk, credit risk and other exposures relating to non-trading positions).

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted prices in active markets (including recent transactions) and valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, as appropriate. Movements in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognised in the income statement, unless the derivative financial instrument meets the requirement for hedge accounting.

Where the derivative financial instrument is designated as, and effective as, a hedging instrument the timing of the recognition of any resultant gain or loss in the income statement is dependent on the hedging designation. These hedging designations and associated accounting are as follows:

(a) Fair value hedge

Where the Banking Group hedges the change in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or firm commitment, any change in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognised in the income statement. Changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are also recognised in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. The resulting adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised to the income statement over a period to maturity. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the balance of the adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged item is recognised in the income statement immediately.

(b) Cash flow hedge

The Banking Group designates derivatives as cash flow hedges where the instrument hedges the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives qualifying and designated as cash flow hedges are deferred to the cash flow hedging reserve, which forms part of shareholders’ equity. Any ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement. Amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the year during which the hedged forecast transactions take place. Where the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the gain or loss previously deferred in equity is transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

When the hedge expires, is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, the cumulative amount deferred in equity remains in the cash flow hedging reserve, and is subsequently transferred to the income statement when the hedged item is derecognised.

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the amount deferred in equity is recognised in the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement.

Embedded derivatives

Derivatives embedded in financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contracts, and the host contracts are not measured at fair value. The embedded derivative is reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(xv)               Available-for-sale assets

Available-for-sale assets comprise those securities which the Banking Group intends to hold for an indefinite period such as certain fixed term securities, normally until maturity, but which may be sold in response to liquidity needs. They are initially recorded at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequent gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are included as a separate component of equity called the ‘available-for-sale revaluation reserve’. When the asset is sold the cumulative gain or loss related to the asset is transferred from equity to the income statement.

Where there is objective evidence of impairment, the cumulative loss previously recognised in equity from the decline in fair value of the asset is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. If in a subsequent period the amount of an impairment loss for a security decreases and the decrease can be linked objectively to an event occurring after the impairment event, the loss previously recognised in the income statement is reversed through the income statement.

Premiums and discounts are included within the calculation of the fair value of the security. Interest is accrued and recognised in accordance with the effective yield method.

(xvi)           Net loans and advances

Net loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and not classified as available-for-sale. The loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the loan or advance. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss. They are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or the Banking Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Net loans and advances include direct finance provided to customers such as bank overdrafts, credit cards, term loans, finance lease receivables and commercial bills. Overdrafts,

10




credit cards and term loans are carried at principal balances outstanding. Customer financing through redeemable preference shares is included within net loans and advances. Dividends received on redeemable preference shares are taken to the income statement as part of interest income, when there is a right to receive income.

Finance lease receivables

Finance lease receivables include amounts due from lessees in relation to finance leases and hire purchase contracts.

The gross amount of contractual payments regarding lease finance to business customers that have a fixed rate and a fixed term are recorded as gross lease receivables and the unearned interest component is recognised as income yet to mature.

The finance lease receivables are initially recognised at amounts equal to the present value of the minimum lease payments, plus the present value of any unguaranteed residual value expected to accrue at the end of the lease term. Finance lease payments are allocated between interest revenue and reduction in the lease receivable over the term of the finance lease, reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment outstanding in respect of the lease.

Credit assessment

All loans are subject to regular scrutiny and graded according to the level of credit risk. Loans are classified as either productive or impaired.

Impaired assets include other impaired assets, restructured loans and assets acquired through the enforcement of security.

Other impaired assets include loans where there is doubt as to full recovery, and loans that have been restructured. An individual provision is raised to cover the expected loss, where full recovery of principal is doubtful.

Restructured loans are those loans where the counterparty had difficulty complying with the original terms of the contract and the original terms have been modified to grant the counterparty concessional terms where the yield of the loan is equal to or greater than the Banking Group’s average cost of funds and below the yield applicable to a customer of equal credit standing.

Assets acquired through enforcement of security are those assets which are legally owned by the Banking Group as a result of enforcing security, other than any buildings occupied by the Banking Group.

Cash receipts on other impaired assets are initially applied as a reduction in principal.

Past due assets are any loans that have not been operated by the counterparty within its key terms for at least 90 days.

Other assets under administration are any loans, not being impaired or past due, where the customer is in any form of voluntary or involuntary administration.

Impairment of loans and advances

Loans and advances are regularly reviewed for impairment loss. Credit impairment provisions are raised for exposures that are known to be impaired. Loans are impaired and impairment losses incurred if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events that occurred after the initial recognition of the loan and that loss event (or events) has had a reliably measurable impact on the estimated future cash flows of the individual loan or the collective portfolio of loans.

Impairment is assessed initially for assets that are individually significant (or on a portfolio basis for small value loans), and then on a collective basis for those exposures not individually known to be impaired.

For those exposures that are assessed collectively, these are placed in pools of similar assets with similar risk characteristics. The required provision is estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the collective pool. The historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data.

The estimated individual impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value at the original effective interest rate. As this discount unwinds during the period between recognition of impairment and recovery of the written down amount, it is recognised in the income statement. The process of estimating the amount and timing of cash flows involves considerable management judgement. These judgements are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

The provision for credit impairment (individual and collective) is deducted from loans and advances in the balance sheet and the movement in the provision for the reporting period is reflected in the income statement as provision for credit impairment.

When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are taken to the income statement.

Where impairment losses recognised in previous periods are subsequently decreased or no longer exist, such impairments are reversed in the income statement.

(xvii)       Operating leases

Leases as lessee

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a systematic basis over the lease term.

Leases as lessor

Operating lease rentals are included in the income statement on a systematic basis over the lease term. Gross operating lease income comprises amounts received under the lease contracts.

Operating lease assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are included as part of premises and equipment. Depreciation is calculated using a systematic basis over the estimated useful lives of those assets after deducting any residual values. Residual values are reviewed at each reporting date to ensure they represent the amounts that the Banking Group would currently obtain from disposing of the asset, after deducting the estimated costs of disposal, if the asset were already of the age and in the condition expected at the end of the lease expiry. The estimated lives of lease assets vary up to 10 years.

(xviii)   Repurchase agreements

Securities sold under repurchase agreements are retained in the financial statements where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Banking Group, and a counterparty liability is disclosed under the classifications of due to other financial institutions or deposits and other borrowings.

11




The difference between the sale price and the repurchase price is amortised over the life of the repurchase agreement and charged to interest expense in the income statement.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell, where the Banking Group does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership, are recorded as liquid assets, net loans and advances, or due from other financial institutions, depending on the term of the agreement and the counterparty. The security is not included in the balance sheet.

(xix)          Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill

Purchased goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of a controlled entity at the date of gaining control, is recognised as an asset. Goodwill has an indefinite life. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment at each reporting period and tested for impairment annually, or more frequently where there is an indication that the goodwill may be impaired. This involves, where required, using discounted cash flow or capitalisation of earnings methodology to determine the expected future benefits of the cash generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated. Where the assessment results in the current carrying value of goodwill exceeding the value of expected future benefits, the difference is charged to the income statement. Any impairment writedown of goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets comprise costs incurred in acquiring and building software and computer systems (referred to as software) and an intangible asset relating to the ING New Zealand Joint Venture acquisition.

Software is amortised using the straight-line method over its expected useful life to the Banking Group. The period of amortisation is between 3 and 5 years except for the branch front-end applications where 7 years is used.

At each reporting date, the software assets and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment against impairment indicators. If any indication of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the assets are estimated and compared against the existing carrying value. Where the existing carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, the difference is charged to the income statement.

Costs incurred in planning or evaluating software proposals, or in maintaining systems after implementation, are not capitalised.

(xx)              Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The gain or loss on the disposal of premises and equipment is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the assets at the time of disposal and the proceeds of disposal, and is included in the income statement in the period of disposal.

Assets other than freehold land are depreciated at rates based upon their expected useful lives to the Banking Group, using the straight-line method. The depreciation rates used for each class of asset are:

Buildings

 

1%

 

Building integrals

 

10%

 

Furniture & equipment

 

10%

 

Computer & office equipment

 

12.5% – 33%

 

Motor vehicles

 

20%

 

 

Leasehold improvements are amortised on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their useful lives or remaining terms of the lease.

At each reporting date, the carrying amounts of premises and equipment are reviewed for indications of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the assets are estimated and compared against the existing carrying value. Where the asset’s existing carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount the difference is charged to the income statement. Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Banking Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. An impairment loss recognised in prior periods may be reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount.

(xxi)          Deposits and other borrowings

Deposits and other borrowings include certificates of deposit, interest bearing deposits, debentures, commercial paper and other related interest bearing financial instruments. Deposits and other borrowings, excluding commercial paper, are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The interest expense is recognised using the effective interest method as explained in Accounting Policy (ix). Commercial paper is designated at fair value through profit or loss, with fair value movements recorded directly in the income statement.

(xxii)      Bonds, notes and loan capital

Bonds, notes and loan capital are initial recognised at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently stated at amortised cost. Interest expense is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

(xxiii)  Income tax

Income tax expense

Income tax on profits for the period comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in the income statement as tax expense, except when it relates to items credited directly to equity, in which case it is recorded in equity, or where it arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, in which case it is included in the determination of goodwill.

Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable on taxable income for the period, based on tax rates (and tax laws) which are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and including any adjustment for tax payable in previous periods. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for using the tax base balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax arises by providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

12




The measurement reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Banking Group, at the reporting date, recovers or settles the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, other than those in relation to taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill. In addition deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in controlled entities, branches, associates and joint ventures, except where the Banking Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets associated with these interests are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future and there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary difference.

Deferred tax assets, including those related to the tax effects of income tax losses and credits available to be carried forward, are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences or unused tax losses and credits can be utilised.

Deferred tax related to fair value re-measurement of available-for-sale financial assets and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also charged or credited directly to equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement together with the deferred gain or loss on the related asset or liability.

Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only to the extent that they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority and there is a legal right and intention to settle on a net basis and it is allowed under the tax law.

(xxiv) Employee benefits

The Banking Group elected to apply the amendments to NZ IAS 19 Employee Benefits (issued May 2005) early, with effect from 1 October 2005. As a result, defined benefit superannuation scheme actuarial gains and losses are taken directly to retained profits. Comparatives have also been restated on this basis.

Leave benefits

The amounts expected to be paid in respect of employees’ entitlements to annual leave are accrued at expected salary rates including on-costs. Liability for long service leave is calculated and accrued for in respect of all applicable employees (including on-costs) using an actuarial valuation.

Superannuation schemes

The Banking Group’s contributions to its defined contribution cash accumulation scheme are recognised as a personnel expense in the income statement when due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. The Banking Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.

The Banking Group operates two defined benefit superannuation schemes. The liability and expense related to providing benefits to employees under each of the defined benefit schemes are calculated by independent actuaries. A defined benefit liability is recognised to the extent that the present value of the defined benefit obligation of each scheme, calculated using the Projected Unit Credit Method, is greater than the fair value of each scheme’s assets. Where this calculation results in a benefit to the Banking Group, a defined benefit asset is recognised. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future outflows by reference to New Zealand 10-year government bond rates.

In each subsequent reporting period, ongoing movements in the carrying value of the defined benefit liability or asset are treated as follows:

·                  net movement relating to the current period’s service cost, interest cost, expected return on scheme assets, past service costs and other costs (such as the effects of any curtailments and settlements), is recognised as an employee expense in the income statement;

·                  movements relating to actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in retained profits; and

·                  cash contributions incurred are recognised directly against the net defined benefit liability or asset.

The assets of the defined benefit and cash accumulation superannuation schemes are held in trust and are not included in these financial statements as the Banking Group does not have direct or indirect control of these schemes. The benefits under the schemes are provided from contributions by employee members and by the Banking Group, and from income earned by the assets of the schemes. Members’ contributions are at varying rates. Actuarial valuations are carried out at minimum of every three years in accordance with the schemes’ Trust Deed and superannuation legislation.

Share-based compensation

The Banking Group’s employees participate in various equity-settled share-based compensation plans operated by the ANZ and largely comprise the Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option Plan. The Banking Group purchases ANZ shares and share options for the benefit of its employees from the ANZ, and as such accounts for share-based compensation plans as cash-settled.

ANZ ordinary shares

The fair value of ANZ ordinary shares granted under the Employee Share Acquisition Plan is measured at grant date, using the one-day volume weighted average market price of ANZ shares. The fair value is expensed immediately when shares vest immediately. Where shares are subject to a vesting period, the Banking Group initially recognises a net share compensation asset reflecting the fair value of unvested shares issued to employees of the Banking Group. The fair value of unvested shares is amortised to profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period (normally three years) as employee services are received.

Share Options

The fair value of ANZ share options is measured at grant date, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period. This is recognised as an employee compensation expense with a corresponding increase in the share options liability account.

The option pricing model takes into account the exercise price of the option, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the ANZ ordinary share price and other factors. Market vesting conditions are taken into account in estimating the fair value.

13




Other adjustments

The amount of expense recognised during the vesting period is adjusted for the number of shares or options expected to vest. Non-market vesting conditions (e.g. service conditions) are taken into account, so that ultimately the expense recognised in the income statement reflects the number of shares or share options that actually vest.

(xxv)         Capitalised expenses

Direct external expenses, comprising direct and incremental costs related to the acquisition of interest earning assets, including structured institutional lending, mortgages and finance leases, are initially recognised as part of the cost of acquiring the asset and written off as an adjustment to its expected yield over its expected life using the effective interest method. The writeoff is to interest income as part of the effective interest rate

For assets subject to prepayment, expected life is determined on the basis of the historical behaviour of the particular asset portfolio, taking into account contractual obligations and prepayment experience assessed on a regular basis. Impairment is assessed through comparing the actual behaviour of the portfolio against initial expected life assumptions.

(xxvi) Provisions

The Banking Group recognises provisions when there is a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic benefits is probable, and the amount of the provision can be measured reliably. The amount recognised is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows. Any expected third party recoveries are recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that recovery will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

(xxvii) Goods and services tax

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (‘GST’) except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Inland Revenue Department (‘IRD’). In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the IRD is included as ‘other assets’ or ‘other liabilities’ in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a net basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which are recoverable from, or payable to, the IRD are classified as operating cash flows.

(xxviii) Offsetting of assets and liabilities

Assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet only where:

·                  There is a current enforceable legal right to offset the asset and liability; and

·                  There is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

(xxix) Contingent liabilities

Liabilities are no longer contingent, and are recognised on the balance sheet, when the following requirements are met:

·                  the transaction is probable in that the contingency is likely to occur; and

·                  the contingency can be reasonably estimated.

Further disclosure is made within Note 41 Contingent Liabilities and Credit Related Commitments, where the above requirements are not met, but there is a possible obligation that is higher than remote. Specific details are provided together with an estimate of the range or a statement that such an estimate is not possible.

(xxx) Segment reporting

Business segments are distinguished components of the Banking Group that provide products or services that are subject to risks and rewards that are different to those of other business segments. Geographical segments provide products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and rewards that are different to those components operating in other economic environments.

Business segments are the Banking Group’s primary reporting segments. For reporting purposes the four major business segments are Retail Banking, Relationship Banking, Institutional and UDC. The Banking Group operates primarily in one geographic segment, New Zealand.

(xxxi)    Statement of cash flows

Basis of preparation

The statement of cash flows has been prepared using the direct approach modified by the netting of the certain items as disclosed below.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include liquid assets and amounts due from/(to) other financial institutions with an original term to maturity of less than three months.

Netting of cash flows

Certain cash flows have been netted in order to provide more meaningful disclosure, as many of the cash flows are received and disbursed on behalf of customers and reflect the activities of the customers rather than those of the Banking Group. These include customer loans and advances, customer deposits, certificates of deposit, related party balances and trading securities.

(xxxii) Securitisation, funds under management, and other fiduciary activities

Certain subsidiaries of the Bank act as trustees and/or managers for a number of unit trusts and superannuation investment funds. The Bank provides private banking services to customers including portfolio management. The assets of the managed funds and private banking clients are not included in these financial statements, as direct or indirect control of the assets is not held by the Banking Group. Commissions and fees earned in respect of the Banking Group’s funds under management are included in net operating income.

Financial services provided by any member of the Banking Group to discretionary private banking activities or entities conducting funds management, and assets purchased from discretionary private banking activities or entities conducting funds management are on arm’s length terms and conditions, and at fair value.

Securitised assets are derecognised when the right to receive cashflows have expired or the Banking Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

14




(xxxiii) Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the Banking Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, or is a subsidiary that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale.

When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation the comparative income statement is restated as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

(xxxiv) Comparatives

To ensure consistency with the current period, comparative figures have been restated where appropriate.

15




2.                       CRITICAL ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS USED IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with New Zealand Financial Reporting Standards and other authoritative accounting pronouncements. Not withstanding the existence of relevant accounting standards, there are a number of critical accounting treatments which include complex or subjective judgements and estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

An explanation of the judgements and estimates made by the Banking Group in the process of applying its accounting policies, that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are set out below.

(a)                   Credit provisioning

Provisions for impairment in customer loans and advances are raised by management to cover actual and expected losses arising from past events. Losses for impaired loans are recognised promptly when there is objective evidence that impairment of a loan or portfolio of loans has occurred. Impairment losses are calculated on individual loans and on loans assessed collectively. Losses expected from future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised. The amount of the impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the income statement.

The calculation of impairment provisions includes consideration of all expected cash flows associated with the loan. This includes any expected cash flows from realisation of security and interest and takes into account any costs expected to be incurred, including security realisation costs, legal and administration costs.

Individual provisions

An individual provision is raised where there is an expectation of a loss of principal, interest and/or fees and there is objective evidence of impairment.

At each balance date, the Banking Group reviews individually significant loans for evidence of impairment. All relevant information, including the economic situation, solvency of the customer/guarantor, enforceability of guarantees, current security values and the time value of future cash flows are taken into account in determining individual provisions. At a minimum, individual provisions are reassessed on a quarterly basis, upon receipt of a significant asset realisation or when there is a change in customer circumstances/business strategy.

Collective provisions

A collective provision is calculated for:

·                  Loans subject to individual assessment to cover losses which have been incurred but not yet identified; and

·                  For homogenous portfolios of loans that are not considered individually significant (e.g. retail portfolios such as mortgages, credit cards and some small business loans).

The collective provision is estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the collective pool. The historical loss experience is then adjusted for the impact of current observable data.

For individually significant loans, historical loss experience used to calculate the collective provision is determined by taking into account historical information on probability of default and loss given default by risk grade. The collective provision on homogeneous or portfolio managed exposures is calculated by applying an expected loss factor to the outstanding drawn and undrawn balances in each loan portfolio. The expected loss factor is determined from internal historical loss data.

The long-term historical loss experience is reviewed by management and adjustments made to reflect current economic and credit conditions as well as taking into account such factors as concentration risk in an individual portfolio. In addition, management recognise that a certain level of imprecision exists in any model used to generate risk grading and provisioning levels. As such an adjustment is applied for model risk.

As at 31 March 2007 for the Banking Group, total provision for credit impairment was $457 million representing 0.56% of total net loans and advances (31/03/2006 $493 million or 0.67%; 30/09/2006 $460 million or 0.59%). Of the total provision for 31 March 2007, $410 million represented collective provisions and $47 million represented individual provisions.

As at 31 March 2007 for the Bank, total provision for credit impairment was $413 million representing 0.53% of total net loans and advances (31/03/2006 $433 million or 0.62%; 30/09/2006 $415 million or 0.56%). Of the total provision for 31 March 2007, $375 million represented collective provisions and $38 million represented individual provisions.

Management regularly reviews and adjusts the estimates and methodologies as improved analysis becomes available. Changes in these assumptions and methodologies could have a direct impact on the level of provision and impairment charge recorded in the financial statements.

(b)                   Derivatives and hedging

The Banking Group buys and sells derivatives as part of its trading operations and to hedge its interest rate risk, currency risk, price risk, credit risk and other exposures relating to non-trading positions. The derivative instruments used to hedge the Banking Group’s exposures include:

·                  Swaps

·                  Foreign exchange contracts

·                  Forward rate agreements

·                  Futures

·                  Options, and

·                  Combinations of the above instruments.

The Banking Group enters into derivatives for trading (including customer-related reasons) or for hedging purposes.

Hedging

A hedging instrument is a designated derivative whose fair value or cash flows are expected to offset changes in the fair value or cash flows of a designated hedged item. A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that (a) exposes the Banking Group to the risk of changes in fair value or future cash flows and (b) is designated as being hedged.

For a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting, the following criteria must be met:

·                  Designation and Documentation: The hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at the inception of the hedge.

·                  Prospective Effectiveness: This is a forward-looking test of whether a hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in future periods. The hedge must be expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, consistently with the originally documented risk management strategy for that particular hedging relationship for hedge accounting to be achievable.

16




The effectiveness of the hedge must be capable of being reliably measured, that is, the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk and the fair value of the hedging instrument can be reliably measured. Prospective hedge effectiveness testing is required at least quarterly.

·                  Retrospective Effectiveness: This is a backward-looking test of whether a hedging relationship has actually been highly effective throughout the reporting periods for which the hedge was designated (i.e. retrospectively). The actual results of the hedge must be within a range of 80–125 per cent.

Hedge accounting is only achieved where both prospective and retrospective effectiveness is achieved.

·                  External Counterparty: For hedge accounting purposes, only instruments that involve a party external to the Banking Group can be designated as hedging instruments.

Judgement is required by management in selecting and designating hedging relationships and assessing hedge effectiveness. NZ IAS 39 does not specify a single method for assessing hedge effectiveness prospectively or retrospectively. The Banking Group adopts the hypothetical derivative approach to determine hedge effectiveness in line with current risk management strategies. Hedge ineffectiveness can arise for a number of reasons, and whilst a hedge may pass the effectiveness tests above it may not be perfectly effective, thus creating volatility within the income statement through recognition of this ineffectiveness.

Fair value of derivatives

Derivatives which are entered into as part of the Banking Group’s trading operations and those derivatives which are part of fair value hedges are measured at fair value, with any changes in fair value recognised in the income statement. Where liquid markets exist, fair value is based on quoted market prices. Where there is no active market fair value is determined by the use of various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models. To the extent possible models use only observable data, however such areas as counterparty risk, volatilities and correlations require management to make judgements and estimates. Changes in assumptions used in these models and projections of future cash flows could affect the reported fair value of derivative financial instruments.

(c)                   Goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill is subject to an impairment test to ensure that the current carrying value does not exceed its recoverable value at the balance sheet date. Any excess of carrying value over recoverable amount is taken to the income statement as an impairment writedown.

As at 31 March 2007, the balance of goodwill recorded as an asset on the Banking Group’s consolidated balance sheet as a result of acquisitions was $3,265 million, of which $3,230 million relates to the acquisition of NBNZ Holdings Limited in December 2003 (31/03/2006 $3,263 million; 30/09/2006 $3,266 million).

As at 31 March 2007, the balance of goodwill recorded as an asset on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet as a result of acquisitions was $3,217 million, which relates to the amalgamation of The National Bank of New Zealand Limited in June 2004 (31/03/2006 $3,217 million; 30/09/2006 $3,217 million).

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management reporting purposes. The cash-generating unit to which goodwill related to the National Bank Group is the NZ Geographic segment being ANZ National Bank Limited Group.

Impairment testing of purchased goodwill is performed annually, or more frequently where there is an indication that the goodwill may be impaired, by comparing the recoverable value of the Banking Group, being the smallest cash-generating unit to which the goodwill is allocated, with the current carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. The recoverable amount is based on fair value less costs to sell. Where the current carrying value is greater than the recoverable amount a charge for impairment of goodwill will be recorded in the income statement.

In determining the fair value of the Banking Group, an independent valuation is obtained based on a capitalisation of earnings approach. Under this methodology valuation multiples (such as the price to earnings (PE) ratio) observed from previous transactions in the banking sector and current price/cash earnings multiples from similar businesses are used to determine an appropriate price/earnings multiple for the Banking Group. This multiple is then applied to the Banking Group’s adjusted cash earnings to determine a fair value for the Banking Group.

In determining an appropriate price multiple for the Banking Group from that of similar companies or transactions, judgement is applied in assessing comparability, particularly with respect to the mix of business, geographic location, growth prospects, riskiness of future earnings and size of the overall business.

The results of the independent valuation carried out as at 31 March 2007 resulted in a fair value in excess of the current carrying value for the Banking Group and hence the current carrying value of the Banking Group goodwill is not considered impaired.

(d)                   Valuation of investment in ING (NZ) Holdings Ltd (ING NZ)

The Banking Group adopts the equity method of accounting for its 49% interest in its jointly controlled entity ING NZ. As at 31 March 2007, the carrying value of the Banking Group’s investment in ING NZ was $177 million (31/03/2006 $157 million; 30/09/2006 $167 million). The carrying value of the Bank’s investment in ING NZ was $196 million (31/03/2006 $176 million; 30/09/2006 $186 million).

The carrying value of this investment is subject to an impairment test to ensure that the current carrying value does not exceed its recoverable value at the balance sheet date. Any excess of carrying value over recoverable amount is taken to the income statement as an impairment writedown.

The Banking Group obtained an independent valuation of ING NZ as at 31 March 2007. The valuation was based on a value-in-use methodology using a discounted cash flow approach. The results of the independent valuation resulted in a value-in-use in excess of current carrying value.

Changes in the assumptions upon which the valuation is based, together with changes in future cash flows could materially impact the valuation obtained. Based on this independent valuation, the current carrying value of the Banking Group’s investment in ING NZ is considered recoverable and no impairment write-down is required.

17




3.                       RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The Banking Group recognises the importance of effective risk management to its business success. Management is committed to achieving strong control and a distinctive risk management capability that enables the Banking Group business units to meet their performance objectives.

The Banking Group approaches risk through managing the various elements of the system as a whole rather than viewing them as independent and unrelated parts. The Risk function is independent of the business with clear delegations from the Board and operates within a comprehensive framework comprising:

·                  The Board, providing leadership, setting risk appetite/strategy and monitoring progress;

·                  A strong framework for development and maintenance of Banking Group-wide risk management policies, procedures and systems, overseen by an independent team of risk professionals;

·                  The use of sophisticated risk tools, applications and processes to execute the global risk management strategy across the Banking Group;

·                  Business Unit level accountability, as the “first line of defence”, and for the management of risks in alignment with the Banking Group’s strategy; and

·                  Independent oversight to ensure Business Unit level compliance with policies, regulations and laws, and to provide regular risk evaluation and reporting.

The Banking Group manages risk through an approval, delegation and limits structure. Regular reviews of the policies, systems and risk reports, including the effectiveness of the risk management systems, discussions covering the Banking Group’s response to emerging risk issues and trends, and that the requisite culture and practices are in place across the Banking Group, are conducted within the Banking Group and also by the Ultimate Parent Bank. The Board has responsibility for reviewing all aspects of risk management.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for overseeing the effective deployment of risk management frameworks, policies and processes within New Zealand. The Banking Group’s Risk Committee assists the Board in this function. The role of the Committee is to assist the Board in the effective discharge of its responsibilities for business, market, credit, operational, compliance, liquidity and reputational risk management, and to liaise and consult with the Ultimate Parent Bank Risk Committee to assist it to discharge its responsibilities. The Banking Group has an independent Risk Management function, which via the Chief Risk Officer, coordinates risk management directly between Business Unit risk functions and Ultimate Parent Bank Group Risk Management functions.

The risk management process is subject to oversight by the Risk Committee of the Ultimate Parent Bank Board. This includes the review of risk portfolios and the establishment of prudential policies and controls. Associated with this, the Ultimate Parent Bank auditor, KPMG, and the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority regularly review the risk management function of the Ultimate Parent Bank Group, including the Banking Group.

The Banking Group’s risk management policies are essentially the same as the Ultimate Parent Bank, but are tailored where required to suit the local New Zealand regulatory and business environment.

The Audit Committee, which is a sub-committee of the Board, has responsibility for reviewing all aspects of published financial statements and internal and external audit processes. The Committee has a quorum of two directors, both of whom must be non-executive directors. It meets at least four times a year, and reports directly to the Board.

Credit Risk

The Banking Group has an overall lending objective of sound growth for appropriate returns. The credit risk management framework exists to provide a structured and disciplined process to support this objective.

This framework is top down, being defined firstly by the Banking Group’s Vision and Values and secondly, by Credit Principles and Policies. The effectiveness of the credit risk management framework is validated through compliance and monitoring processes. These, together with portfolio selection, define and guide the credit process, organisation and staff.

Risk Management’s responsibilities for credit risk policy and management are executed through dedicated departments, which support the Banking Group’s business units. All major Business Unit credit decisions require approval both business writers and independent risk personnel.

Credit risk includes concentrations of credit risk, intra day credit risk, credit risk to bank counterparties and related party credit risk, and is the potential loss arising from the non-performance by the counterparty to an instrument or facility. Credit risk arises when funds are extended, committed, invested or otherwise exposed through contractual agreements, and encompasses both on and off-balance sheet instruments. Credit risk is controlled through a combination of approvals, limits, reviews and monitoring procedures that are carried out on a regular basis, the frequency of which is dependent on the level of risk. Credit risk policy and management is executed through the Chief Risk Officer who has various dedicated areas within the Risk Management division. Wholesale Credit services the Banking Group’s corporate and investment banking activities, Rural Credit services the Banking Group’s rural lending activities, Retail Credit services the Banking Group’s small business and consumer customers, and Portfolio Risk Management in turn provides an independent overview of credit risk across the Bank at a portfolio level. The Banking Group allows sole discretion for transaction approvals at the Business Unit level in the retail and rural lending sectors, with larger transactions approved by Retail Credit or Rural Credit.

Market Risk

The Banking Group has a detailed market risk management and control framework, to support trading and non-trading activities, which incorporates an independent risk measurement approach to quantify the magnitude of market risk within the trading and non-trading books. This approach, along with related analysis, identifies the range of possible outcomes that can be expected over a given period of time, and establishes the relatively likelihood of those outcomes.

18




Traded market risk is the risk of loss from changes in value of financial instruments due to movements in price factors for both physical and derivative trading positions. These risks are monitored daily against a comprehensive limit framework that includes VaR, aggregate market position and sensitivity, product and geographic thresholds. The principal risk components of this monitoring process are:

·                  Currency risk is the potential loss arising from the decline in the value of a financial instrument, due to changes in foreign exchange rates or their implied volatilities.

·                  Interest rate risk is the potential loss arising from the change in the value of a financial instrument, due to changes in market interest rates or their implied volatilities.

·                  Credit Spread risk is the potential loss arising from a decline in value of an instrument due to a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer of the instrument.

VaR Methodology: All the above risks are measured using a VaR methodology. The VaR methodology is a statistical estimate of the maximum daily decrease in market value with a 97.5% confidence. Conversely there is a 2.5% probability of the decrease in market value exceeding the VaR estimate on any given day. The Banking Group has adopted the historical simulation methodology as its standard for the calculation of VaR. This methodology is based on assessing the change in value of portfolios each day against historical prices.

Within overall strategies and policies, control of market risk exposures at Banking Group level is the responsibility of Market Risk, who work closely with the Markets, and Treasury business units.

The Traded Market risk function provides specific oversight of each of the main trading areas and is responsible for the establishment of a Value at Risk (VaR) framework and detailed control limits. In all trading areas the Banking Group has implemented models that calculate VaR exposures, monitor risk exposures against defined limits on a daily basis, and ‘stress test’ trading portfolios. The Banking Group has an Asset and Liability Committee (‘ALCO’), comprising executive management to provide monthly oversight of Market Risk.

The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for daily review and oversight of Traded market risk reports. The Chief Risk Officer has the authority for instructing the business to close exposures and withdraw limits where appropriate.

Balance Sheet Risk Management embraces the management of non-traded interest rate risk, liquidity and the risk to capital and earnings as a result of exchange rate movements. A specialist balance sheet management unit manages these, and is overseen by Risk Management and the Banking Group Asset and Liability Committee.

·                  Interest rate risk management’s objective is to produce strong and stable net interest income over time. The Banking Group uses simulation models to quantify the potential impact of interest rate changes on earnings and the market value of the balance sheet. Interest rate risk management focuses on two principal sources of risk: mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities; and the investment of capital and other non-interest bearing liabilities in interest bearing assets. Non-traded interest rate risk is managed to both value and earnings at risk limits.

·                  Currency risk relates to the potential loss arising from the decline in the value of foreign currency positions due to changes in foreign exchange rates. For non-traded instruments in foreign currencies, the risk is monitored and is hedged in accordance with policy. Risk arising from individual funding and other transactions is actively managed. The total amounts of unmatched foreign currency assets and liabilities and consequent foreign currency exposures, arising from each class of financial asset and liability, whether recognised or unrecognised, within each currency are not material.

·                  Liquidity risk is the risk that under certain conditions, cash outflows can exceed cash inflows in a given period. The Banking Group maintains sufficient liquid funds to meet its commitments based on historical and forecasted cash flow requirements. Liquidity risk is measured through cash flow modelling, with profiles produced for both normal business and short-term crisis conditions.

·                  Equity risk is the potential loss arising from the decline in the value of equity instruments held by the Banking Group due to changes in their equity market prices or implied volatilities.

Operational Risk

Risk Management is responsible for establishing the Banking Group’s operational risk framework and associated Banking Group-level policies. Business Units are responsible for the identification, analysis, assessment and treatment of operational risks on a day-to-day basis.

A Risk Drivers and Controls (or “Scorecards”) Approach to operational risk measurement is used to measure the operational risk profile of individual business units, and to allocate operational risk economic capital. This approach gives business managers a strong and clear incentive to reduce operational risk.

Operational risk is the risk arising from day to day operational activities which may result in direct or indirect loss. These losses may result from failure to comply with policies, procedures, laws and regulations, from fraud or forgery, from a breakdown in the availability or integrity of services, systems and information, or damage to the Bank’s reputation. Examples include failure to comply with policy and legislation, human error, natural disasters, fraud and other malicious acts. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.

Business Units have primary responsibility for the identification and management of operational risk. The Banking Group’s Risk Committee provides policy and framework, measurement, monitoring and reporting, as well as leadership in areas such as technology risk and payments risk. The Board and Risk Management conduct effective monitoring and oversight.

19




Compliance

The Banking Group conducts its business in accordance with all relevant compliance requirements in each point of representation. In order to assist the Banking Group identify, manage, monitor and measure its compliance obligations, the Banking Group has a comprehensive regulatory compliance framework in place, which addresses both external (regulatory) and internal compliance.

In addition, Compliance, a discrete function within Risk Management, is responsible for working in conjunction with Business Unit Compliance teams and other risk management areas to provide a compliance infrastructure and framework to facilitate planning, reporting and management of new and changing business obligations and processes.

Compliance seeks to minimise material risks to the Banking Group’s reputation and value that could arise from non-compliance with laws, regulations, industry codes and internal standards and policies. Business Units have primary responsibility for the identification and management of compliance. The Banking Group’s Risk Management division provides policy and framework, measurement, monitoring and reporting, as well as leadership in areas such as anti-money laundering procedures and matters of prudential compliance. The Banking Group’s Risk Committee, the Chief Risk Officer, the Board and the Risk Committee of the Ultimate Parent Bank Board conduct Board and Executive oversight.

Internal Audit

The Banking Group’s internal audit function, conducts independent reviews that assist the Board of Directors and management to meet their statutory and other obligations. Internal Audit has no reporting line to ANZ Management. Internal Audit reports directly to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Under its Charter, Internal Audit conducts independent appraisals of:

·                  The continued operation and effectiveness of the internal controls in place to safeguard and monitor all material risks to the Banking Group;

·                  The completeness and accuracy of the financial and other records of the Banking Group;

·                  Compliance with Board policies and management directives;

·                  Compliance with the requirements of supervisory regulatory authorities;

·                  The economic and efficient management of resources; and

·                  The effectiveness of operations undertaken by the Banking Group.

In performing this role, Internal Audit adopts a risk-based approach, encompassing reviews of the major credit, market and operating risks within the Banking Group. Significant findings are reported quarterly to the Audit Committee of the Banking Group. The Head of Internal Audit of the Banking Group makes a quarterly attestation on the adequacy of internal controls.

A Strategic Audit Plan is prepared annually covering each business area of the Banking Group, with greater emphasis placed on those areas where the highest risk exists. The Plan is endorsed by the Audit Committees of the Banking Group and the Ultimate Parent Banking Group.

Integration Review

The Bank has confirmed to the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (‘RBNZ’) that it has achieved compliance with the Bank’s Condition of Registration 13(i) which requires that by no later than 31 December 2005, the Bank should locate and continue to operate in New Zealand the Bank’s domestic system and that the board of directors of the Bank will have legal and practical ability to control the management and operation of the domestic system.

Plans to achieve compliance with Condition 13(ii), which relates to the board of directors having legal and practical ability to control the management and operation of the international system, have been reassessed in light of the release of the RBNZ’s final Outsourcing Policy (BS11). The Bank is continuing to work with the RBNZ to agree a plan to achieve compliance with the Outsourcing Policy (which will eventually be embodied in replacement Condition(s) of Registration for the existing Condition 13) particularly with respect to the Bank’s international system.

As part of this process, the RBNZ has:

·                  Advised that it is satisfied with the Bank’s Self Assessment of outsourced business functions and governance arrangements;

·                  Commenced reviewing the Bank’s revised Compliance Plan; and

·                  Advised the Bank of an extension to the completion date for condition 13(ii) to 30 June 2007, with effect from 4 December 2006.

20




4.        INCOME

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

Continuing operations

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial institutions

 

117

 

177

 

412

 

97

 

148

 

355

 

Trading securities

 

110

 

52

 

156

 

110

 

52

 

156

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

6

 

39

 

52

 

5

 

39

 

51

 

Lending on productive loans

 

3,505

 

3,096

 

6,435

 

3,354

 

2,935

 

6,100

 

Lending on impaired assets (Note 14)

 

2

 

3

 

7

 

2

 

3

 

7

 

Subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

29

 

24

 

79

 

Related parties

 

9

 

6

 

11

 

9

 

6

 

11

 

Other

 

174

 

82

 

133

 

171

 

80

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

3,923

 

3,455

 

7,206

 

3,777

 

3,287

 

6,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fee income(1)

 

277

 

268

 

543

 

256

 

247

 

504

 

Dividends received

 

1

 

 

1

 

101

 

 

153

 

Net gain on foreign exchange trading

 

61

 

91

 

152

 

60

 

91

 

152

 

Net gain on trading securities

 

 

15

 

13

 

 

15

 

13

 

Net gain (loss) on trading derivatives

 

21

 

7

 

(6

)

21

 

7

 

(6

)

Net gain (loss) on hedges not qualifying for hedge accounting

 

19

 

(3

)

3

 

19

 

(3

)

4

 

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges

 

4

 

6

 

1

 

4

 

6

 

1

 

Net gain on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

1

 

5

 

3

 

1

 

5

 

3

 

Other income

 

27

 

37

 

70

 

23

 

34

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating income

 

411

 

426

 

780

 

485

 

402

 

885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)Net fee income comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lending and credit facility fee income

 

51

 

45

 

92

 

51

 

46

 

94

 

Management services fee income

 

22

 

21

 

42

 

13

 

11

 

25

 

Other fee income

 

281

 

277

 

559

 

269

 

265

 

535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fee income

 

354

 

343

 

693

 

333

 

322

 

654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct fee expense

 

77

 

75

 

150

 

77

 

75

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fee income

 

277

 

268

 

543

 

256

 

247

 

504

 

 

21




5.        EXPENSES

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

Continuing operations

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial institutions

 

111

 

102

 

213

 

43

 

63

 

119

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

2,028

 

1,755

 

3,716

 

1,784

 

1,517

 

3,221

 

Subsidiary companies(1)

 

 

 

 

974

 

769

 

1,824

 

Bonds and notes

 

472

 

335

 

744

 

15

 

26

 

46

 

Related party funding

 

100

 

94

 

190

 

100

 

94

 

190

 

Loan capital

 

74

 

55

 

117

 

74

 

55

 

117

 

Other

 

31

 

96

 

97

 

5

 

86

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

2,816

 

2,437

 

5,077

 

2,995

 

2,610

 

5,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel costs

 

323

 

310

 

623

 

306

 

295

 

592

 

Employee entitlements

 

28

 

32

 

63

 

28

 

31

 

61

 

Pension costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Defined contribution schemes

 

17

 

18

 

35

 

17

 

18

 

35

 

— Defined benefit schemes

 

3

 

3

 

6

 

3

 

3

 

6

 

Share-based payments expense

 

7

 

5

 

10

 

7

 

5

 

10

 

Building occupancy costs

 

18

 

17

 

34

 

7

 

7

 

14

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

21

 

21

 

43

 

10

 

13

 

24

 

Leasing and rental costs

 

37

 

35

 

73

 

7

 

12

 

20

 

Integration costs

 

 

49

 

49

 

 

49

 

49

 

Related parties

 

34

 

34

 

67

 

81

 

69

 

145

 

Writedown of investment in subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other costs

 

165

 

159

 

320

 

163

 

155

 

316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

653

 

683

 

1,323

 

629

 

657

 

1,273

 

 

Related party and integration operating expenses are predominantly recharges from Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (Ultimate Parent Company).

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Auditors’ remuneration to KPMG comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit or review of financial statements

 

808

 

972

 

1,798

 

597

 

829

 

1,308

 

Other audit-related services

 

57

 

359

 

486

 

56

 

352

 

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total auditors’ remuneration

 

865

 

1,331

 

2,284

 

653

 

1,181

 

1,670

 

 

It is Banking Group policy that KPMG can provide assurance and other audit-related services that, while outside the scope of the statutory audit, are consistent with the role of auditor. KPMG may not provide services that are perceived to be materially in conflict with the role of auditor. These include consulting advice and subcontracting of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and engagements where the auditor may ultimately be required to express an opinion on its own work. However, non-audit services that are not perceived to be materially in conflict with the role of auditor may be provided by KPMG subject to the approval of the Ultimate Parent Bank Audit Committee.

Other audit-related services include services for the audit or review of financial information other than financial reports including prudential supervision reviews, prospectus reviews, trust audits and other audits required for local regulatory purposes.


(1)Included in the 30 September 2006 figure was a misposting of subsidiary company interest expense, this resulted in the Parent expense line being overstated. This misposting was corrected in the current reporting period. This misposting was not material to the Parent and had no impact on the consolidated result.

22




6.        INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax payable on profit with the income tax expense charged in  the income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

846

 

760

 

1,590

 

620

 

422

 

921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prima facie income tax at 33%

 

279

 

251

 

525

 

205

 

139

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rebateable and non-assessable dividends

 

(7

)

(4

)

(7

)

(33

)

 

(51

)

Other permanent items

 

14

 

(5

)

9

 

23

 

(4

)

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

 

242

 

527

 

195

 

135

 

313

 

Income tax under (over) provided in prior years

 

1

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense from continuing operations

 

287

 

242

 

523

 

195

 

135

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense from discontinued operations (Note 10)

 

 

1

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate (%)

 

33.9

%

31.8

%

32.9

%

31.5

%

32.0

%

33.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The major components of the income tax expense comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax charge

 

265

 

193

 

426

 

168

 

89

 

213

 

Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to current tax of prior years

 

1

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

Deferred income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

21

 

49

 

101

 

27

 

46

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense recognised in income statement – continuing operations

 

287

 

242

 

523

 

195

 

135

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following amounts were charged or (credited) directly to equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit schemes

 

3

 

(1

)

(1

)

3

 

(1

)

(1

)

Deferred income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on revaluation of cash flow hedges

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (credit) recognised directly in equity

 

13

 

(21

)

5

 

13

 

(21

)

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Imputation Credit Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

642

 

492

 

492

 

483

 

286

 

286

 

Imputation credits attached to dividends received

 

17

 

12

 

17

 

8

 

9

 

56

 

Taxation paid

 

174

 

23

 

211

 

126

 

 

135

 

Imputation credits attached to dividends paid

 

 

 

(247

)

 

 

(247

)

Imputation credits transferred to Imputation Credit Group

 

 

169

 

169

 

 

245

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

833

 

696

 

642

 

617

 

540

 

483

 

 

The above amounts only include items that give rise to imputation credits that are available for use by the Banking Group and/or the Bank.

The parent is a member of an Imputation Group with other members of the Banking Group. The figures shown for the Parent above include the imputation credits available for use by the Parent held by the Imputation Group.

23




7.        LIQUID ASSETS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,286

 

477

 

1,046

 

4,286

 

477

 

1,046

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

Money at call

 

1,358

 

1,424

 

1,493

 

1,357

 

1,424

 

1,493

 

Bills receivable and remittances in transit

 

72

 

96

 

159

 

72

 

96

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liquid assets

 

5,741

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

5,740

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within liquid assets is the following balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overnight balances with central banks

 

4,041

 

218

 

806

 

4,041

 

218

 

806

 

 

8.        DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Able to be withdrawn without prior notice

 

776

 

842

 

1,019

 

776

 

838

 

1,017

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

604

 

1,049

 

657

 

604

 

1,049

 

657

 

Term loans and advances

 

1,687

 

5,219

 

3,941

 

1,200

 

4,623

 

3,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total due from other financial institutions

 

3,067

 

7,110

 

5,617

 

2,580

 

6,510

 

5,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within due from other financial institutions are the following balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets used to secure deposit obligations

 

208

 

224

 

 

208

 

224

 

 

Assets encumbered through repurchase agreements

 

25

 

1,034

 

1,164

 

25

 

1,034

 

1,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within due from other financial institutions is the following related party balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Ultimate Parent Company)

 

208

 

224

 

51

 

208

 

224

 

51

 

 

9.        TRADING SECURITIES

Government, Local Body stock and bonds

 

209

 

155

 

198

 

208

 

155

 

198

 

Certificates of deposit

 

1,430

 

958

 

1,112

 

1,430

 

958

 

1,112

 

Promissory notes

 

178

 

443

 

212

 

178

 

443

 

212

 

Other

 

100

 

96

 

74

 

100

 

96

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total trading securities

 

1,917

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

1,916

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within trading securities is the following balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets encumbered through repurchase agreements

 

208

 

155

 

198

 

208

 

155

 

198

 

 

24




10.     DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On 1 September 2006, UDC Finance Limited (‘UDC’) agreed to sell Truck Leasing Limited (‘TLL’) to Nikko Principal Investments Australia Limited, a private equity business of Nikko Cordial Corporation. The sale was completed on 31 October 2006 for consideration of $147 million.

As the sale agreement was signed on 1 September 2006, in accordance with accounting requirements the assets and liabilities of TLL were classified as held for sale as at 30 September 2006 and TLL treated as a discontinued operation.

TLL’s unsecured bank borrowings with UDC were repaid on the sale date and have been excluded from TLL’s liabilities classified as held for sale. As at 31 October 2006, this balance was $438 million (30/09/2006 $423 million).

The income statements have been restated to show the discontinued operation separately from continuing operations.

The profit from discontinued operations shown in the income statement comprised:

 

Truck Leasing Limited

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

1 month to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

Result of discontinued operations

 

31/10/2006

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

1

 

Interest expense

 

2

 

13

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest expense

 

(2

)

(13

)

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income(1)

 

3

 

22

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

1

 

9

 

18

 

Operating expenses

 

1

 

5

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

 

4

 

9

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before income tax

 

 

3

 

8

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit after income tax – discontinued operations

 

 

2

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit from discontinued operations

 

76

 

2

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

 

15

 

53

 

114

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

(3

)

(59

)

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from discontinued operations

 

12

 

(6

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)Other operating income includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross operating lease income

 

14

 

81

 

162

 

Less direct income related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Operating lease depreciation

 

8

 

45

 

90

 

-  Other direct income related expenses

 

3

 

14

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating lease income

 

3

 

22

 

44

 

 

25




The assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as at 30 September 2006 comprised:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Audited

 

 

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

Assets classified as held for sale

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

3

 

Current tax assets

 

2

 

Other assets

 

40

 

Deferred tax assets

 

6

 

Premises and equipment (including operating lease assets)

 

486

 

Goodwill

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

538

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities classified as held for sale

 

 

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

23

 

Provisions

 

1

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

53

 

 

The sale resulted in the following impact on the consolidated financial statements:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

 

 

31/10/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds from sale

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on net assets

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

438

 

Assets classified as held for sale

 

(543

)

Liabilities classified as held for sale

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on net assets

 

(71

)

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow statement

 

 

 

Cash proceeds from sale

 

147

 

Repayment of related party loans and advances

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds related to sale of controlled entities

 

585

 

 

26




11.     DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from changes in one or more underlying financial instruments or indices. They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments.

The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Banking Group’s trading activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Banking Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and liability management activities and are classified predominantly as hedging activities. Derivatives are subject to the same types of credit and market risk as other financial instruments, and the Banking Group manages these risks in a consistent manner.

The principal exchange rate contracts used by the Banking Group are forward foreign exchange contracts, currency swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specified quantity of foreign currency on a specified future date at an agreed rate. A currency swap generally involves the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies and a commitment to exchange interest periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of currency at a specified rate on or before a future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.

The principal interest rate contracts used by the Banking Group are forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, interest rate swaps and options. Forward rate agreements are contracts for the payment of the difference between a specified interest rate and a reference rate on a notional deposit at a future settlement date. There is no exchange of principal. An interest rate future is an exchange traded contract for the delivery of a standardised amount of a fixed income security or time deposit at a future date. Interest rate swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Interest rate options provide the buyer with the right but not the obligation either to receive or pay interest at a specified rate on or before a future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.

Credit risk of derivatives

The credit risk of derivative financial instruments arises from the potential for a counterparty to default on its contractual obligation. Credit risk arises when market movements are such that the derivative has a positive value to the Banking Group. It is the cost of replacing the contract in the event of counterparty default. The Banking Group limits its credit risk within a conservative framework by dealing with creditworthy counterparties, settling credit limits on exposures to counterparties, and obtaining collateral where appropriate.

The following table provides an overview of the Banking Group’s exchange rate and interest rate derivatives. It includes all trading and hedging contracts. Notional principal amounts measure the amount of the underlying financial contract and represent the volume of outstanding transactions. They are not a measure of the risk associated with a derivative. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in market rates relative to their terms. The aggregate contractual or notional amount of derivative financial instruments on hand, the extent to which the instruments are favourable or unfavourable, and thus the aggregate fair values of derivative financial assets and liabilities, can fluctuate significantly from time to time. The fair values of the derivative instruments held and notional principal amounts are set out below.

The credit equivalent amount is calculated in accordance with the Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s capital adequacy guidelines. It combines the aggregate gross replacement cost with an allowance for the potential increase in value over the remaining term of the transaction should market conditions change.

The fair value of a derivative represents the aggregate net present value of the cash inflows and outflows required to extinguish the rights and obligations arising from the derivative in an orderly market as at the reporting date. Fair value does not indicate future gains or losses, but rather the unrealised gains and losses arising from marking to market all derivatives at a particular point in time.

Master netting arrangements

The Banking Group further restricts its exposure to credit losses by entering into master netting arrangements with counterparties with which it undertakes a significant volume of transactions. Master netting arrangements do not generally result in an offset of balance sheet assets and liabilities, as transactions are usually settled on a gross basis. However, the credit risk associated with favourable contracts is reduced by a master netting arrangement to the extent that if an event of default occurs, all amounts with the counterparty are terminated and settled on a net basis. The Banking Group’s overall exposure to credit risk on derivative instruments subject to master netting arrangements can change substantially within a short period, as it is affected by each transaction subject to the arrangement.

27




 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Derivatives held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

24,679

 

725

 

445

 

632

 

24,679

 

725

 

445

 

632

 

Swap agreements

 

42,476

 

2,284

 

799

 

912

 

42,476

 

2,284

 

799

 

912

 

Options purchased

 

3,135

 

123

 

89

 

 

3,135

 

123

 

89

 

 

Options sold

 

2,837

 

 

 

86

 

2,837

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73,127

 

3,132

 

1,333

 

1,630

 

73,127

 

3,132

 

1,333

 

1,630

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

36,217

 

1

 

1

 

5

 

36,217

 

1

 

1

 

5

 

Swap agreements

 

259,843

 

2,231

 

1,406

 

1,494

 

261,126

 

2,262

 

1,431

 

1,519

 

Futures contracts

 

19,742

 

 

3

 

28

 

19,742

 

 

3

 

28

 

Options purchased

 

1,260

 

11

 

7

 

 

1,260

 

11

 

7

 

 

Options sold

 

1,179

 

 

 

6

 

1,179

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

318,241

 

2,243

 

1,417

 

1,533

 

319,524

 

2,274

 

1,442

 

1,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options purchased

 

20

 

21

 

20

 

 

20

 

21

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for trading

 

391,388

 

5,396

 

2,770

 

3,163

 

392,671

 

5,427

 

2,795

 

3,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives held for hedging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

10,113

 

77

 

40

 

46

 

10,113

 

77

 

40

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

10,113

 

77

 

40

 

46

 

10,113

 

77

 

40

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Designated as fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

82

 

6

 

2

 

10

 

82

 

6

 

2

 

10

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

31,889

 

422

 

281

 

110

 

30,789

 

419

 

281

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

31,971

 

428

 

283

 

120

 

30,871

 

425

 

283

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for hedging

 

42,084

 

505

 

323

 

166

 

40,984

 

502

 

323

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

433,472

 

5,901

 

3,093

 

3,329

 

433,655

 

5,929

 

3,118

 

3,326

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral received / paid

 

 

 

(52

)

(161

)

 

 

(52

)

(161

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

 

433,472

 

5,901

 

3,041

 

3,168

 

433,655

 

5,929

 

3,066

 

3,165

 

 

Hedge accounting

Cash flow hedges

The Banking Group hedges the cash flows from floating rate customer deposits and floating rate wholesale funding arrangements that fund fixed rate lending using cross currency and interest rate swaps. There were no transactions where cash flow hedge accounting ceased in the six months ended 31 March 2007 as a result of highly probable cash flows that were no longer expected to occur (31/03/2006 no transactions; 30/09/2006 no transactions).

Fair valuation gains and losses deferred to the cash flow hedging reserve are transferred to the income statement over the same period as the cash flows from the hedging transaction occur.

Fair value hedges

The Banking Group is exposed to interest rate risk by providing fixed rate lending to customers. The Banking Group hedges this risk through the use of interest rate swaps. The designated hedging relationships result in fair value gains and losses on the fixed rate assets and interest rate swaps.

The fair value gains and losses are recorded through the income statement as incurred. The opposing fair value adjustments carried on balance sheet are amortised to the income statement as the fixed rate asset and interest rate swap near maturity.

28




 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

29,017

 

1,617

 

1,280

 

715

 

29,017

 

1,617

 

1,280

 

715

 

Swap agreements

 

39,317

 

3,320

 

1,908

 

1,154

 

39,317

 

3,320

 

1,908

 

1,154

 

Options purchased

 

3,033

 

72

 

32

 

 

3,033

 

72

 

32

 

 

Options sold

 

3,227

 

 

 

39

 

3,227

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74,594

 

5,009

 

3,220

 

1,908

 

74,594

 

5,009

 

3,220

 

1,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

20,813

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

20,813

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

Swap agreements

 

114,718

 

1,057

 

646

 

728

 

114,344

 

1,057

 

646

 

717

 

Futures contracts

 

20,658

 

 

1

 

 

20,65 8

 

 

1

 

 

Options purchased

 

1,606

 

7

 

4

 

 

1,606

 

7

 

4

 

 

Options sold

 

1,586

 

 

 

4

 

1,586

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159,381

 

1,069

 

655

 

736

 

159,007

 

1,069

 

655

 

725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options purchased

 

30

 

22

 

19

 

 

30

 

22

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for trading

 

234,005

 

6,100

 

3,894

 

2,644

 

233,631

 

6,100

 

3,894

 

2,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives held for hedging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

8,003

 

49

 

10

 

109

 

8,003

 

49

 

10

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

8,003

 

49

 

10

 

109

 

8,003

 

49

 

10

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Designated as fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

25,153

 

146

 

77

 

174

 

25,153

 

146

 

77

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

25,153

 

146

 

77

 

174

 

25,153

 

146

 

77

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for hedging

 

33,156

 

195

 

87

 

283

 

33,156

 

195

 

87

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

267,161

 

6,295

 

3,981

 

2,927

 

266,787

 

6,295

 

3,981

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral received

 

 

 

(333

)

 

 

 

(333

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

 

267,161

 

6,295

 

3,648

 

2,927

 

266,787

 

6,295

 

3,648

 

2,916

 

 

29




 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair values

 

Audited 30/09/2006

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

26,325

 

636

 

340

 

449

 

26,325

 

636

 

340

 

449

 

Swap agreements

 

40,205

 

2,114

 

695

 

1,234

 

40,205

 

2,114

 

695

 

1,234

 

Options purchased

 

3,226

 

83

 

49

 

 

3,226

 

83

 

49

 

 

Options sold

 

3,140

 

 

 

46

 

3,140

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,896

 

2,833

 

1,084

 

1,729

 

72,896

 

2,833

 

1,084

 

1,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

24,080

 

12

 

12

 

9

 

24,080

 

12

 

12

 

9

 

Swap agreements

 

177,045

 

1,398

 

772

 

847

 

177,209

 

1,398

 

773

 

847

 

Futures contracts

 

17,097

 

 

1

 

1

 

17,097

 

 

1

 

1

 

Options purchased

 

1,404

 

7

 

4

 

 

1,404

 

7

 

4

 

 

Options sold

 

1,293

 

 

 

4

 

1,293

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

220,919

 

1,417

 

789

 

861

 

221,083

 

1,417

 

790

 

861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options purchased

 

30

 

22

 

20

 

 

30

 

22

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for trading

 

293,845

 

4,272

 

1,893

 

2,590

 

294,009

 

4,272

 

1,894

 

2,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives held for hedging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

5,199

 

40

 

20

 

19

 

5,199

 

40

 

20

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

5,199

 

40

 

20

 

19

 

5,199

 

40

 

20

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Designated as fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

121

 

7

 

3

 

 

121

 

7

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap agreements

 

27,412

 

208

 

104

 

173

 

26,839

 

207

 

102

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

27,533

 

215

 

107

 

173

 

26,960

 

214

 

105

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives held for hedging

 

32,732

 

255

 

127

 

192

 

32,159

 

254

 

125

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

326,577

 

4,527

 

2,020

 

2,782

 

326,168

 

4,526

 

2,019

 

2,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral paid

 

 

 

 

(785

)

 

 

 

(785

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

 

326,577

 

4,527

 

2,020

 

1,997

 

326,168

 

4,526

 

2,019

 

1,992

 

 

30




12.   AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE ASSETS

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government, Local Body stock and bonds

 

3

 

526

 

316

 

3

 

526

 

316

 

Floating rate notes

 

42

 

30

 

39

 

32

 

20

 

29

 

Other

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale assets

 

45

 

556

 

359

 

35

 

546

 

349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within available-for-sale assets is the following balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets used to secure deposit obligations

 

 

40

 

221

 

 

40

 

221

 

 

13.   NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

 

Overdrafts

 

2,061

 

1,959

 

1,907

 

2,061

 

1,959

 

1,907

 

Credit card outstandings

 

1,303

 

1,208

 

1,238

 

1,303

 

1,208

 

1,238

 

Term loans – housing

 

46,564

 

40,923

 

43,472

 

46,564

 

40,891

 

43,472

 

Term loans – non-housing

 

32,605

 

30,110

 

31,547

 

29,318

 

26,754

 

28,282

 

Finance lease receivables

 

752

 

708

 

776

 

40

 

70

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances

 

83,285

 

74,908

 

78,940

 

79,286

 

70,882

 

74,943

 

Provision for credit impairment (Note 15)

 

(457

)

(493

)

(460

)

(413

)

(433

)

(415

)

Unearned finance income

 

(264

)

(249

)

(248

)

 

 

 

Fair value hedge adjustment

 

(364

)

(18

)

(119

)

(364

)

(18

)

(119

)

Deferred fee revenue and expenses

 

(50

)

(51

)

(50

)

(47

)

(48

)

(48

)

Capitalised brokerage\mortgage origination fees

 

108

 

79

 

92

 

108

 

79

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net loans and advances

 

82,258

 

74,176

 

78,155

 

78,570

 

70,462

 

74,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within net loans and advances is the following related party balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited (Parent Company)

 

230

 

155

 

58

 

234

 

213

 

62

 

 

The balance owing by the Parent Company is due within the next twelve months. Interest is received at variable bank rates.

31




14.   IMPAIRED ASSETS, PAST DUE ASSETS AND OTHER ASSETS UNDER ADMINISTRATION

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet impaired assets, past due assets and other assets under administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

151

 

213

 

213

 

129

 

186

 

186

 

Transfers from productive

 

84

 

111

 

190

 

66

 

89

 

150

 

Transfers to productive

 

(8

)

(8

)

(10

)

(5

)

(7

)

(8

)

Assets realised or loans repaid

 

(67

)

(73

)

(165

)

(56

)

(63

)

(135

)

Write offs

 

(41

)

(36

)

(77

)

(38

)

(30

)

(64

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

119

 

207

 

151

 

96

 

175

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due assets (90 days past due assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

86

 

72

 

72

 

78

 

63

 

63

 

Transfers to past due assets

 

190

 

142

 

306

 

169

 

122

 

268

 

Transfers from past due assets

 

(157

)

(127

)

(292

)

(141

)

(107

)

(253

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

119

 

87

 

86

 

106

 

78

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets under administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to other assets under administration

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet impaired assets, past due assets and other assets under administration

 

241

 

294

 

237

 

205

 

253

 

207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

8

 

7

 

7

 

8

 

7

 

7

 

Transfers (from) to off-balance sheet impaired assets

 

(3

)

 

1

 

(3

)

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet impaired assets

 

5

 

7

 

8

 

5

 

7

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest foregone on impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest receivable on impaired assets

 

7

 

9

 

15

 

7

 

8

 

14

 

Interest recognised(1)

 

(2

)

(3

)

(7

)

(2

)

(3

)

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net interest not recognised

 

5

 

6

 

8

 

5

 

5

 

7

 

 


(1) The impairment loss on an impaired asset is calculated as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cashflows discounted to their present value. As this discount unwinds during the period it is recognised as interest income.

32




15.   PROVISION FOR CREDIT IMPAIRMENT

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collective provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

402

 

568

 

568

 

364

 

565

 

565

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

(154

)

(154

)

 

(197

)

(197

)

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

Charge (credit) to income statement – continuing operations

 

8

 

(9

)

(10

)

11

 

(6

)

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

410

 

405

 

402

 

375

 

362

 

364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individual provision (impaired assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

58

 

98

 

98

 

51

 

81

 

81

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

(6

)

(6

)

 

(6

)

(6

)

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Transfers from subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Charge to income statement – continuing operations

 

22

 

22

 

28

 

18

 

18

 

20

 

Charge to income statement – discontinued operations

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

Recoveries

 

10

 

12

 

22

 

9

 

11

 

20

 

Bad debts written off

 

(41

)

(36

)

(77

)

(38

)

(30

)

(64

)

Discount unwind(1)

 

(2

)

(3

)

(7

)

(2

)

(3

)

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

47

 

88

 

58

 

38

 

71

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for credit impairment

 

457

 

493

 

460

 

413

 

433

 

415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for credit impairment has been deducted from gross loans and advances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision movement analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New and increased provisions

 

43

 

43

 

91

 

38

 

37

 

80

 

Provision releases

 

(11

)

(9

)

(41

)

(11

)

(8

)

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

34

 

50

 

27

 

29

 

40

 

Recoveries

 

(10

)

(12

)

(22

)

(9

)

(11

)

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individual provision charge

 

22

 

22

 

28

 

18

 

18

 

20

 

Collective provision charge (credit)

 

8

 

(9

)

(10

)

11

 

(6

)

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment – continuing operations

 

30

 

13

 

18

 

29

 

12

 

16

 

Provision for credit impairment – discontinued operations

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

30

 

14

 

19

 

29

 

12

 

16

 

 


(1) The impairment loss on an impaired asset is calculated as the difference between the asset’sfuture cashflows discounted to their present value. As this discount unwinds during the period it is recognised as interest income.

33




16.   INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES, ASSOCIATES AND JOINTLY CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unquoted at cost

 

 

 

 

7,464

 

8,591

 

7,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unquoted at cost plus equity accounted adjustments

 

5

 

13

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unquoted at cost plus equity accounted adjustments

 

185

 

161

 

174

 

202

 

180

 

191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares in controlled entities, associates and jointly controlled entities

 

190

 

174

 

177

 

7,669

 

8,774

 

7,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in associates comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

3

 

13

 

13

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

Acquisitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

5

 

13

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

Shares in associates at 31 March 2007 includes goodwill of $2 million (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

 

Shares in jointly controlled entities comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

174

 

145

 

145

 

191

 

164

 

164

 

Acquisitions

 

 

4

 

7

 

 

4

 

5

 

Share of profit of equity accounted jointly controlled entities

 

11

 

12

 

22

 

11

 

12

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

185

 

161

 

174

 

202

 

180

 

191

 

 

Shares in jointly controlled entities at 31 March 2007 includes goodwill of $93 million (31/03/2006 $90 million; 30/09/2006 $93 million).

 

17.   OTHER ASSETS

 

Accrued interest and prepaid discounts

 

481

 

423

 

443

 

414

 

357

 

383

 

Accrued commission

 

11

 

11

 

11

 

8

 

8

 

8

 

Defined benefit schemes surplus

 

14

 

6

 

6

 

14

 

6

 

6

 

Share-based payments asset

 

38

 

15

 

36

 

38

 

15

 

36

 

Prepaid expenses

 

34

 

26

 

25

 

28

 

20

 

18

 

Security settlements

 

44

 

16

 

310

 

44

 

16

 

310

 

Other assets

 

178

 

109

 

59

 

140

 

83

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other assets

 

800

 

606

 

890

 

686

 

505

 

797

 

 

34




18.   DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

332

 

415

 

415

 

307

 

395

 

395

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

(30

)

(30

)

 

(43

)

(43

)

Transfer from deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(6

)

(6

)

 

(6

)

(6

)

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

Credited (charged) to income statement – continuing operations

 

21

 

(16

)

(41

)

17

 

(18

)

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

353

 

363

 

332

 

324

 

328

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

151

 

163

 

152

 

137

 

143

 

137

 

Deferred fee revenue and expenses

 

4

 

8

 

5

 

4

 

8

 

5

 

Premises and equipment

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

Software

 

33

 

20

 

32

 

32

 

19

 

31

 

Provisions and accruals

 

93

 

104

 

99

 

84

 

95

 

95

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

47

 

9

 

9

 

47

 

9

 

9

 

Other

 

21

 

55

 

31

 

21

 

55

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

353

 

363

 

332

 

324

 

328

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The deferred tax credited (charged) to the income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

(1

)

(3

)

(14

)

 

(4

)

(9

)

Deferred fee revenue and expenses

 

(1

)

 

(4

)

(1

)

 

(3

)

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(5

)

(6

)

Software

 

1

 

2

 

16

 

1

 

1

 

15

 

Provisions and accruals

 

(6

)

5

 

6

 

(11

)

8

 

8

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

38

 

(29

)

(30

)

38

 

(29

)

(30

)

Other

 

(10

)

9

 

(13

)

(10

)

11

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax credited (charged) to the income statement – continuing operations

 

21

 

(16

)

(41

)

17

 

(18

)

(39

)

 

There was no deferred tax asset charged or credited to equity as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

 

There are no unrecognised deferred tax assets as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

35




19.   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Freehold and leasehold land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

68

 

68

 

68

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(11

)

(11

)

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount

 

57

 

57

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

94

 

99

 

98

 

1

 

4

 

3

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(71

)

(71

)

(71

)

 

(3

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount

 

23

 

28

 

27

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

 

729

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(231

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount

 

 

498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

236

 

224

 

233

 

17

 

24

 

19

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(159

)

(160

)

(158

)

(9

)

(18

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount

 

77

 

64

 

75

 

8

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

236

 

264

 

238

 

198

 

224

 

198

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(184

)

(213

)

(193

)

(155

)

(184

)

(164

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount

 

52

 

51

 

45

 

43

 

40

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Work in progress

 

16

 

31

 

36

 

2

 

4

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

 

225

 

729

 

240

 

54

 

51

 

59

 

 

36




 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts for each class of premises and equipment are set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Freehold and leasehold land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

57

 

58

 

58

 

 

3

 

3

 

Additions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

(3

)

Depreciation

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

57

 

57

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

27

 

28

 

28

 

1

 

21

 

21

 

Additions

 

2

 

3

 

6

 

 

 

 

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(19

)

 

Transfers to subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(19

)

Disposals

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(3

)

(3

)

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

23

 

28

 

27

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

 

484

 

484

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

80

 

176

 

 

 

 

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(485

)

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(21

)

(85

)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

(45

)

(90

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

 

498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

75

 

66

 

66

 

7

 

30

 

30

 

Additions

 

12

 

4

 

22

 

4

 

 

2

 

Transfers to subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

(22

)

Disposals

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

Depreciation

 

(7

)

(6

)

(13

)

(2

)

(2

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

77

 

64

 

75

 

8

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

45

 

56

 

56

 

34

 

45

 

45

 

Additions

 

18

 

6

 

14

 

18

 

5

 

10

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

Depreciation

 

(10

)

(11

)

(23

)

(8

)

(10

)

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

52

 

51

 

45

 

43

 

40

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Work in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

36

 

26

 

26

 

17

 

15

 

15

 

Transfers to subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

(11

)

Net (transfers) additions

 

(20

)

5

 

10

 

(15

)

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

16

 

31

 

36

 

2

 

4

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

 

225

 

729

 

240

 

54

 

51

 

59

 

 

37




20.   GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

3,265

 

3,263

 

3,263

 

3,217

 

3,217

 

3,217

 

Additions

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Transfer to held for sale assets

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

3,265

 

3,263

 

3,265

 

3,217

 

3,217

 

3,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

51

 

41

 

41

 

50

 

41

 

41

 

Additions from internal developments

 

8

 

4

 

10

 

7

 

4

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

59

 

45

 

51

 

57

 

45

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

(32

)

(25

)

(25

)

(32

)

(25

)

(25

)

Amortisation expense(1)

 

(3

)

(4

)

(7

)

(3

)

(4

)

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

(35

)

(29

)

(32

)

(35

)

(29

)

(32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total software

 

24

 

16

 

19

 

22

 

16

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

 

3,293

 

3,283

 

3,288

 

3,243

 

3,237

 

3,239

 

 

No impairment losses have been recognised against the gross carrying amount of goodwill, software and other intangible assets for the six months ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).


(1) Software amortisation expense is included in other costs in the income statement.

38




21.   DUE TO OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (Ultimate Parent Company)

 

2,106

 

1,502

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase from other financial institutions

 

233

 

1,189

 

1,362

 

233

 

1,189

 

1,362

 

Other financial institutions

 

1,839

 

1,245

 

1,543

 

1,508

 

1,168

 

1,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total due to other financial institutions

 

4,178

 

3,936

 

3,987

 

1,741

 

2,357

 

2,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within due to other financial institutions is the following balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances owing to the Ultimate Parent Company by ANZ National (Int’l) Limited guaranteed by the Bank

 

2,106

 

1,502

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

 

Balances owing to the Ultimate Parent Company are due within twelve months. Interest is paid at variable bank rates.

 

22.   DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

Amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

5,190

 

4,359

 

3,941

 

5,190

 

4,359

 

3,941

 

Term deposits

 

26,231

 

25,678

 

26,293

 

26,231

 

25,678

 

26,293

 

Demand deposits bearing interest

 

21,659

 

17,369

 

19,856

 

21,244

 

16,952

 

19,441

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

3,953

 

4,078

 

3,919

 

3,953

 

4,078

 

3,919

 

Secured debenture stock

 

1,960

 

2,119

 

2,077

 

 

 

 

Secured deposits

 

200

 

200

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings recognised at amortised cost

 

59,193

 

53,803

 

56,286

 

56,618

 

51,067

 

53,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value through the profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper

 

5,565

 

7,913

 

6,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings recognised at fair value

 

5,565

 

7,913

 

6,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

64,758

 

61,716

 

63,176

 

56,618

 

51,067

 

53,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within deposits and other borrowings is the following balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper issued by ANZ National (Int’l) Limited guaranteed by the Bank at amortised cost

 

5,570

 

7,919

 

6,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UDC Finance Limited secured debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered secured debenture stock is constituted and secured by trust deeds between certain companies within the UDC Group (the “Charging Group”) and independent trustees. The trust deeds create floating charges over all the assets, primarily loans and advances and operating lease assets, of those companies. As at the date of these financial statements, UDC Finance Limited is the only member of the Charging Group. Until its disposal on 31 October 2006, Truck Leasing Limited was also a member of the Charging Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value of total tangible assets

 

2,248

 

2,448

 

2,383

 

 

 

 

 

All changes in the fair value of commercial paper is attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rates (31/03/2006 all changes; 30/09/2006 all changes).

The principal at maturity of commercial paper at fair value through the profit and loss is $5,645 million (31/03/2006 $8,007 million; 30/09/2006 $6,995 million).

39




23.   PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Creditors

 

57

 

174

 

68

 

35

 

141

 

45

 

Accrued interest and unearned discounts

 

609

 

524

 

546

 

483

 

413

 

416

 

Share-based payments liability

 

15

 

6

 

33

 

15

 

6

 

33

 

Accrued charges

 

131

 

160

 

166

 

123

 

145

 

160

 

Security settlements

 

312

 

247

 

184

 

312

 

247

 

184

 

Equitable assignment of mortgages

 

37

 

51

 

44

 

37

 

51

 

44

 

Other liabilities

 

252

 

201

 

199

 

127

 

140

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total payables and other liabilities

 

1,413

 

1,363

 

1,240

 

1,132

 

1,143

 

1,015

 

 

24.   DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

 

Provision for deferred income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

210

 

150

 

150

 

202

 

120

 

120

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

21

 

21

 

 

21

 

21

 

Transfer to deferred tax assets

 

 

(6

)

(6

)

 

(6

)

(6

)

Transfer to held for sale liabilities

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

Charged to income statement – continuing operations

 

42

 

33

 

60

 

44

 

28

 

61

 

Charged to income statement – discontinued operations

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Charged (credited) directly to equity

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

262

 

178

 

210

 

256

 

143

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities comprise the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease finance

 

104

 

101

 

90

 

98

 

66

 

82

 

Share compensation

 

8

 

5

 

4

 

8

 

5

 

4

 

Defined benefit schemes

 

5

 

1

 

2

 

5

 

1

 

2

 

Other

 

145

 

71

 

114

 

145

 

71

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

262

 

178

 

210

 

256

 

143

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The deferred tax charged (credited) to the income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease finance

 

14

 

29

 

39

 

16

 

24

 

40

 

Share compensation

 

4

 

1

 

 

4

 

1

 

 

Defined benefit schemes

 

3

 

(1

)

(1

)

3

 

(1

)

(1

)

Other

 

21

 

4

 

22

 

21

 

4

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax charged to the income statement – continuing operations

 

42

 

33

 

60

 

44

 

28

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The deferred tax charged (credited) to equity comprises the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax charged (credited) directly to equity

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

10

 

(20

)

6

 

 

40




25.     PROVISIONS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

 

3

 

13

 

4

 

3

 

13

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

107

 

109

 

109

 

106

 

107

 

107

 

New provisions

 

28

 

27

 

52

 

28

 

27

 

50

 

Provisions utilised

 

(29

)

(30

)

(53

)

(29

)

(30

)

(51

)

Transfer to held for sale liabilities

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

106

 

106

 

107

 

105

 

104

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel restructuring costs (Note 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

9

 

6

 

6

 

9

 

6

 

6

 

New provisions

 

 

8

 

8

 

 

8

 

8

 

Provisions utilised

 

(3

)

(2

)

(4

)

(3

)

(2

)

(4

)

Unused amounts reversed

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

6

 

11

 

9

 

6

 

11

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redundant assets restructuring costs (Note 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

5

 

16

 

16

 

2

 

13

 

13

 

New provisions

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Transfers from subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

Provisions utilised

 

(2

)

(1

)

(4

)

(1

)

(1

)

(3

)

Unused amounts reversed

 

 

(6

)

(8

)

 

(6

)

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

3

 

9

 

5

 

2

 

6

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other provisions

 

26

 

10

 

10

 

11

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provisions

 

144

 

149

 

135

 

127

 

144

 

131

 

 

Note1: Employee entitlements

The provision for employee entitlements provides mainly for the cost of employee entitlements to annual leave, long service leave and retirement leave. The majority of employees utilise their annual leave in the year the entitlement accrues.

Note 2: Personnel restructuring costs and redundant assets restructuring costs

Restructuring cost provisions arise from exit activities relating to material changes in the scope or manner of business undertaken by the Banking Group and includes termination benefits. Provisions are made when the Banking Group is demonstrably committed, it is probable that the costs will be incurred, though their timing is uncertain, and the costs can be reliably estimated. The provisions recognised at 31 March 2007 are expected to be settled over the 2007 financial year, with the exception that provisions for losses arising from rental commitments on leased premises which have become vacant as a result of restructuring will be settled over the remaining term of the leases.

41




26.     BONDS AND NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Issued by ANZ National Bank Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denomination Face value

 

Maturity

 

Interest rate %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

300m

 

floating rate bond

 

2006

 

LIBOR + 0.05%

 

 

490

 

 

 

490

 

 

NZD

 

150m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2009

 

6.82%

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

NZD

 

150m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2011

 

6.80%

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

Other bonds and notes(1)

 

 

 

 

 

209

 

145

 

175

 

209

 

145

 

175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

509

 

935

 

475

 

509

 

935

 

475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by ANZ National (Int’l) Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denomination Face value

 

Maturity

 

Interest rate %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

156m

 

floating rate notes

 

2006

 

3 month HIBOR + 0.1125%

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

234m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2006

 

4.95%

 

 

49

 

46

 

 

 

 

USD

 

10m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2006

 

4.045%

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

50m

 

floating rate notes

 

2006

 

3 month LIBOR – 0.11%

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

GBP

 

100m

 

floating rate notes

 

2007

 

3 month GBP LIBOR – 0.03%

 

 

285

 

288

 

 

 

 

GBP

 

250m

 

floating rate notes (2)

 

2007

 

3 month LIBOR – 0.01%

 

688

 

713

 

719

 

 

 

 

USD

 

100m

 

floating rate notes

 

2007

 

3 month LIBOR – 0.10%

 

140

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

25m

 

floating rate notes

 

2007

 

3 month EURIBOR – 0.08%

 

47

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

100m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month EURIBOR + 0.02%

 

187

 

199

 

195

 

 

 

 

GBP

 

300m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month GBP LIBOR + 0.01%

 

825

 

855

 

863

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

80m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2008

 

3.93%

 

14

 

17

 

16

 

 

 

 

NZD

 

150m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2008

 

6.50%

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

 

 

 

USD

 

27m

 

fixed rate notes (3)

 

2008

 

4.25%

 

38

 

44

 

41

 

 

 

 

USD

 

120m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month LIBOR – 0.06%

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

250m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2008

 

4.265%

 

350

 

408

 

383

 

 

 

 

USD

 

750m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month LIBOR + 0.07%

 

1,050

 

1,225

 

1,149

 

 

 

 

GBP

 

40m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month GBP LIBOR – 0.065%

 

110

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

JPY

 

9,000m

 

floating rate notes

 

2008

 

3 month JPY LIBOR

 

107

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

750m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

3 month EURIBOR + 0.12%

 

1,401

 

1,490

 

1,461

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

1,000m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2009

 

4.40%

 

179

 

211

 

197

 

 

 

 

NZD

 

150m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

3 month BKBM + 0.10%

 

150

 

150

 

150

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

300m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2009

 

4.93%

 

54

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

280m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2009

 

4.44%

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

750m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

3 month LIBOR + 0.04%

 

1,050

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

 

USD

 

250m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

3 month Prime – 2.9125%

 

350

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

300m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

1 month LIBOR + 0.04%

 

420

 

 

 

 

 

 

NZD

 

20m

 

floating rate notes

 

2009

 

3 month BKBM + 0.05%

 

20

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

130m

 

floating rate notes (4)

 

2010

 

3 month HIBOR + 0.46%

 

 

27

 

26

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

150m

 

floating rate notes (5)

 

2010

 

6 month HIBOR + 0.60%

 

27

 

32

 

30

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

190m

 

floating rate notes (6)

 

2010

 

6 month HIBOR + 0.60%

 

34

 

40

 

37

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

200m

 

floating rate notes (7)

 

2010

 

6 month HIBOR + 0.60%

 

36

 

42

 

39

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

200m

 

floating rate notes (8)

 

2010

 

3 month HIBOR + 0.405%

 

 

42

 

39

 

 

 

 

USD

 

750m

 

floating rate notes

 

2010

 

3 month LIBOR + 0.11%

 

1,050

 

1,225

 

1,149

 

 

 

 

USD

 

1,500m

 

floating rate notes (9)

 

2010

 

1 month LIBOR

 

2,101

 

2,450

 

2,297

 

 

 

 

NZD

 

100m

 

floating rate notes

 

2010

 

3 month BKBM + 0.05%

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

75m

 

fixed rate notes (10)

 

2011

 

5.182%

 

 

123

 

115

 

 

 

 

USD

 

300m

 

fixed rate notes

 

2011

 

5.50%

 

420

 

 

460

 

 

 

 

GBP

 

350m

 

floating rate notes

 

2011

 

3 month LIBOR + 0.05%

 

963

 

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

200m

 

fixed rate notes (11)

 

2011

 

5.10%

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

200m

 

fixed rate notes (12)

 

2011

 

4.90%

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,351

 

9,908

 

11,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by NBNZ Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denomination Face value

 

Maturity

 

Interest rate %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NZD

 

480m

 

floating rate notes (13)

 

2008

 

3 month BKBM

 

480

 

480

 

480

 

 

 

 

Total bonds and notes

 

13,340

 

11,323

 

12,468

 

509

 

935

 

475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included within bonds and notes is the following related party balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (Ultimate Parent Company)

 

688

 

713

 

719

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Other bonds and notes includes index linked notes, equity linked notes and other fixed rate and fixed term bonds.

(2) These notes were issued to Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.

(3) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 3.00%, Year 2 3.25%, Year 3 3.50%, Year 4 4.25% and Year 5 5.00%. The issuer may elect to redeem the notes annually from May 2004.

(4) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 HIBOR + 0.46%, Years 2 – 5 HIBOR + 0.60%. For each 6 month period after Year 1, there is a maximum interest rate payable, starting at 4.60% after Year 1 and stepping up 0.25% every 6 months. The issuer exercised their option to call the note on 6 October 2006.

(5) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 3.77%, Years 2 – 5 HIBOR + 0.60%. For each 6 month period after Year 1, there is a maximum interest rate payable, starting at 3.75% after Year 1 and stepping up 0.25% every 6 months. The issuer has the right to redeem the notes on every semi-annual coupon date from 28 April 2006.

(6) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 3.77%, Years 2 – 5 HIBOR + 0.60%. For each 6 month period after Year 1, there is a maximum interest rate payable, starting at 3.75% after Year 1 and stepping up 0.25% every 6 months. The issuer has the right to redeem the notes on every semi-annual coupon date from 28 April 2006.

(7) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 HIBOR + 1.26%, Years 2 – 5 HIBOR + 0.60%. For each 6 month period after Year 1, there is a maximum interest rate payable, starting at 4.00% after Year 1 and stepping up 0.25% every 6 months. The issuer has the right to redeem the notes on every semiannual coupon date from 26 May 2006.

(8) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 HIBOR + 0.405%, Years 2 – 5 HIBOR + 0.60%. For each 6 month period after Year 1, there is a maximum interest rate payable, starting at 4.60% after Year 1 and stepping up 0.25% every 6 months. The issuer exercised their option to call the note on 6 October 2006.

(9) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 1 month LIBOR – 0.02%, Year 2 1 month LIBOR, Year 3 1 month LIBOR + 0.01%, Year 4 1 month LIBOR + 0.02% and Year 5 1 month LIBOR + 0.03%. The investor may elect to extend the maturity of the notes for a year on a monthly basis.

(10) These notes were redeemed at the option of the issuer on 1 February 2007.

(11) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 5.10% per annum, Year 2 4.65% per annum, Years 3, 4 and 5 4.40% per annum. The issuer has the right to redeem the notes on every coupon date from 5 December 2007.

(12) The interest rate payable on these notes is stepped as follows: Year 1 4.90% per annum, Year 2 4.65% per annum, Years 3, 4 and 5 4.40% per annum. The issuer has the right to redeem the notes on every coupon date from 6 December 2007.

(13) These notes can be redeemed by giving not less than 30 days notice by the note holder.

Bonds and notes issued by ANZ National (Int’l) Limited are guaranteed by the Bank.

42




27.     RELATED PARTY FUNDING

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited (Parent Company)

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

 

The following amounts have been provided by the Parent Company:

Date advanced

 

Underlying currency

September 2003

 

AUD 1,000,000,000

November 2003

 

USD 1,100,000,000

 

These funds have been borrowed in New Zealand dollars on an overnight basis and are at call. Interest is payable monthly, based on New Zealand overnight deposit rates. The New Zealand dollar equivalents of the AUD and USD funds have been hedged by the Parent Company until 17 September 2007 and 15 December 2007 respectively.

28.     LOAN CAPITAL

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

AUD 207,450,000 term subordinated floating rate loan

 

234

 

243

 

238

 

234

 

243

 

238

 

AUD 265,740,000 perpetual subordinated floating rate loan

 

301

 

311

 

304

 

301

 

311

 

304

 

AUD 186,100,000 term subordinated floating rate loan

 

211

 

218

 

213

 

211

 

218

 

213

 

AUD 43,767,507 term subordinated floating rate loan

 

50

 

 

50

 

50

 

 

50

 

NZD term subordinated fixed rate bonds

 

1,243

 

750

 

1,000

 

1,243

 

750

 

1,000

 

Total loan capital

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

Included within loan capital is the following related party balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (Ultimate Parent Company)

 

796

 

772

 

805

 

796

 

772

 

805

 

 

AUD 207,450,000 loan

This loan was drawn down on 31 August 2004 and has an ultimate maturity date of 31 August 2014. The Bank may elect to repay the loan on 31 August each year commencing from 2009 through to 2014. All interest is payable half yearly in arrears, with interest payments due 28 February and 31 August. Interest is based on BBSW + 0.40% p.a. up until, and including, 31 August 2009 and increases to BBSW + 0.90% p.a. thereafter.

AUD 265,740,000 loan

This loan was drawn down on 27 September 1996 and has no fixed maturity. Interest is payable half yearly in arrears based on BBSW + 0.95% p.a., with interest payments due 15 March and 15 September.

AUD 186,100,000 loan

This loan was drawn down on 19 April 2005 with an ultimate maturity date of 20 April 2015. The Bank may elect to repay the loan on 19 April each year commencing from 2010 through to 2015. All interest is payable half yearly in arrears, with interest payments due 19 April and 19 October. Interest is based on BBSW + 0.32% p.a. to 19 April 2010 and increases to BBSW + 0.82% p.a. thereafter.

AUD 43,767,507 loan

This loan was drawn down on 15 September 2006 with an ultimate maturity date of 15 September 2016. The Bank may elect to repay the loan on 15 September each year commencing from 2011 through to 2016. All interest is payable half yearly in arrears, with interest payments due 15 March and 15 September. Interest is based on BBSW + 0.29% p.a. to 15 September 2011 and increases to BBSW + 0.79% p.a. thereafter.

NZD term subordinated fixed rate bonds

The terms and conditions of these fixed rate and fixed term bonds are as follows:

New Zealand Exchange listed bonds

Issue date

 

Amount $m

 

Coupon rate

 

Call date

 

Maturity date

 

23 July 2002

 

300

 

7.05

%

23 July 2007

 

23 July 2012

 

15 September 2006

 

350

 

7.16

%

15 September 2011

 

15 September 2016

 

2 March 2007

 

250

 

7.60

%

2 March 2012

 

2 March 2017

 

 

The Bank may elect to redeem the bonds on their call date. If the bonds are not called they will continue to pay interest to maturity at the five year interest rate swap rate plus 0.80% p.a., 0.75% p.a. and 0.76% p.a. for the $300 million, $350 million and $250 million bonds, respectively. Interest is payable half yearly in arrears based on the fixed coupon rate.

As at 31 March 2007 these bonds carried an AA- rating by Standard & Poor’s.

These bonds are listed on the NZX. The Market Surveillance Panel of the NZX granted the Bank a waiver from the requirements of Listing Rules 10.4 and 10.5. Rule 10.4 relates to the provision of preliminary announcements of half yearly and annual results to the NZX. Rule 10.5 relates to preparing and providing a copy of half yearly and annual reports to the NZX. The Bank has been granted a waiver from these rules on the conditions that the Bank’s quarterly General Disclosure Statement (‘GDS’) is available on the Bank’s website, at any branch and at the NZX; that bondholders are advised by letter that copies of the GDS are available at the above locations; that all bondholders are notified on an ongoing basis, by way of a sentence included on the notification of interest payments, that the latest GDS is available for review at the above locations; and that a copy of the GDS is sent to the NZX on an ongoing basis.

Non listed bonds

Issue date

 

Amount $m

 

Coupon rate

 

Call date

 

Maturity date

 

15 March 2002

 

125

 

7.61

%

16 April 2007

 

16 April 2012

 

15 July 2002

 

125

 

7.40

%

17 September 2007

 

17 September 2012

 

20 February 2003

 

100

 

6.46

%

20 August 2008

 

20 August 2013

 

 

The Bank may elect to redeem the bonds on their call date. If the bonds are not called they will continue to pay interest to maturity at the five year interest rate swap rate plus 1.00% p.a., apart from the 20 August 2013 bonds, which will continue to pay interest to maturity at the five year interest rate swap rate plus 0.97% p.a. Interest is payable half yearly in arrears based on the fixed coupon rate. On 16 April 2007, the Bank redeemed bonds with face value of $125 million and a coupon rate of 7.61%.

As at 31 March 2007 these bonds carried an AA- rating by Standard & Poor’s.

Loan capital is subordinated in right of payment in the event of liquidation or wind up to the claims of depositors and all creditors of the Bank.

43




29.     ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares Issued 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares at beginning and end of the period

 

700,755,498

 

700,755,498

 

700,755,498

 

700,755,498

 

700,755,498

 

700,755,498

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital at beginning and end of the period

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

 

The authorised share capital of the Bank comprises 700,755,498 ordinary shares. At beginning and end of the period 650,712 ordinary shares were uncalled (31/03/2006 650,712 shares; 30/09/2006 650,712 shares).

Voting rights

At a meeting: on a show of hands or vote by voice every member who is present in person or by proxy or by representative shall have one vote.

On a poll: every member who is present in person or by proxy or by representative shall have one vote for every share of which such member is the holder.

30.     RESERVES AND RETAINED PROFITS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale revaluation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

3

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

3

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation gain recognised after tax

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Cumulative gain transferred to the income statement on sale of financial assets

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

52

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

52

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

40

 

40

 

 

40

 

40

 

Valuation gain recognised after tax

 

21

 

(40

)

12

 

21

 

(40

)

12

 

Balance at end of the period

 

73

 

 

52

 

73

 

 

52

 

Total reserves

 

73

 

 

55

 

73

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of the period

 

2,235

 

2,003

 

2,003

 

651

 

851

 

851

 

Adjustment on adoption of NZ IAS 39 on 1 October 2005

 

 

61

 

61

 

 

90

 

90

 

Profit after income tax

 

635

 

520

 

1,072

 

425

 

287

 

611

 

Total available for appropriation

 

2,870

 

2,584

 

3,136

 

1,076

 

1,228

 

1,552

 

Actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit schemes after tax

 

6

 

(1

)

(1

)

6

 

(1

)

(1

)

Interim ordinary dividends paid

 

 

 

(900

)

 

 

(900

)

Balance at end of the period

 

2,876

 

2,583

 

2,235

 

1,082

 

1,227

 

651

 

 

A dividend of $400 million was declared on 13 April 2006 and paid on 5 May 2006. A dividend of $500 million was declared on 10 August 2006 and paid on 15 September 2006.

A dividend of $360 million was declared on 12 April 2007.

The declared dividend on ordinary shares was $0.51 per share (31/03/2006 $0.57 per share; 30/09/2006 $1.28 per share).

44




31.     CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

Consolidated

 

Registered Bank

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Adequacy Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

7.98

%

8.24

%

7.34

%

7.68

%

8.06

%

7.09

%

Total Capital

 

11.03

%

10.70

%

10.14

%

9.82

%

9.54

%

8.96

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Bank of New Zealand minimum ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

Total Capital

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

The information contained in the table below has been derived in accordance with the Conditions of Registration imposed pursuant to section 74 (4) (b) of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 and the capital adequacy framework issued by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

For the purposes of calculating the capital adequacy ratios for the Registered Bank (“solo basis”), wholly owned and wholly funded subsidiaries of ANZ National Bank Limited are consolidated with the Bank. In this context, wholly funded by the Bank means that there are no liabilities (including off-balance sheet obligations) to anyone other than the Bank, the Department of Inland Revenue and trade creditors, where aggregate exposure to trade creditors does not exceed 5% of the subsidiary’s shareholders’ equity. Wholly owned by the Bank means that all equity issued by the subsidiary is held by the Bank.

 

Consolidated

 

Registered Bank

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

5,943

 

Revenue and similar reserves

 

2,314

 

2,063

 

1,218

 

2,003

 

1,823

 

979

 

Current period’s profit after tax

 

635

 

520

 

1,072

 

618

 

484

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less deductions from Tier 1 Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-   Goodwill

 

3,265

 

3,263

 

3,266

 

3,262

 

3,262

 

3,262

 

Other intangible assets

 

28

 

20

 

23

 

26

 

20

 

22

 

Defined benefit schemes surplus

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

-   Equity investment in ING NZ

 

177

 

157

 

167

 

177

 

157

 

167

 

-   Cash flow hedging reserve

 

73

 

 

52

 

73

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 Capital

 

5,335

 

5,086

 

4,725

 

5,012

 

4,811

 

4,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 Capital – Upper Level Tier 2 Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual subordinated debt

 

301

 

311

 

304

 

301

 

311

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 Capital – Lower Level Tier 2 Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term subordinated debt

 

1,738

 

1,211

 

1,501

 

1,738

 

1,211

 

1,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 Capital

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 Capital Plus Tier 2 Capital

 

7,374

 

6,608

 

6,530

 

7,051

 

6,333

 

6,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less deductions from Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-   Equity investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

642

 

637

 

642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

7,374

 

6,608

 

6,530

 

6,409

 

5,696

 

5,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

61,726

 

57,321

 

60,160

 

60,144

 

55,312

 

58,137

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

5,140

 

4,410

 

4,223

 

5,123

 

4,391

 

4,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,866

 

61,731

 

64,383

 

65,267

 

59,703

 

62,322

 

 

45




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Banking Group as at 31 March 2007 (Unaudited):

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

4,981

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

657

 

10

 

66

 

Claims on banks

 

4,385

 

20

 

877

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

422

 

20

 

84

 

Residential mortgages

 

46,399

 

50

 

23,200

 

Other

 

37,499

 

100

 

37,499

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

6,615

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

100,958

 

 

 

61,726

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

2,177

 

100

 

2,177

 

45

 

984

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

2,391

 

100

 

2,391

 

63

 

1,499

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

371

 

50

 

185

 

100

 

185

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

150

 

20

 

30

 

71

 

21

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

2,013

 

50

 

1,007

 

100

 

1,007

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

18,089

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

73,209

 

 

 

3,138

 

27

 

844

 

-  Interest rate

 

360,243

 

 

 

2,742

 

22

 

596

 

Equity

 

20

 

 

 

21

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

458,663

 

 

 

11,691

 

 

 

5,140

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

46




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Banking Group as at 3 March 2006 (Unaudited):

 

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

2,053

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

1,004

 

10

 

100

 

Claims on banks

 

7,342

 

20

 

1,468

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

391

 

20

 

78

 

Residential mortgages

 

41,072

 

50

 

20,536

 

Other

 

35,139

 

100

 

35,139

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

7,293

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

94,294

 

 

 

57,321

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

1,890

 

100

 

1,890

 

44

 

828

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

1,353

 

100

 

1,353

 

73

 

986

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

328

 

50

 

164

 

100

 

164

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

279

 

20

 

56

 

84

 

47

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

1,429

 

50

 

715

 

100

 

715

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

17,469

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

74,594

 

 

 

5,009

 

27

 

1,354

 

-  Interest rate

 

192,537

 

 

 

1,264

 

25

 

312

 

-  Equity

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

289,909

 

 

 

10,473

 

 

 

4,410

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

47




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Banking Group as at 30 September 2006 (Audited):

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

2,328

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

824

 

10

 

82

 

Claims on banks

 

6,481

 

20

 

1,296

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

425

 

20

 

85

 

Residential mortgages

 

43,526

 

50

 

21,763

 

Other

 

36,934

 

100

 

36,934

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

5,506

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

96,024

 

 

 

60,160

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

2,056

 

100

 

2,056

 

46

 

946

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

1,259

 

100

 

1,259

 

61

 

771

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

376

 

50

 

188

 

100

 

188

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

89

 

20

 

18

 

94

 

17

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

2,351

 

50

 

1,175

 

100

 

1,175

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

17,987

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

73,017

 

 

 

2,840

 

26

 

745

 

-  Interest rate

 

253,530

 

 

 

1,665

 

23

 

377

 

-  Equity

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

350,695

 

 

 

9,223

 

 

 

4,223

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

48




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Registered Bank as at 31 March 2007 (Unaudited):

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

4,681

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

657

 

10

 

66

 

Claims on banks

 

3,878

 

20

 

776

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

422

 

20

 

84

 

Residential mortgages

 

46,399

 

50

 

23,200

 

Other

 

36,018

 

100

 

36,018

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

7,252

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

99,307

 

 

 

60,144

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

2,177

 

100

 

2,177

 

45

 

984

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

2,391

 

100

 

2,391

 

63

 

1,499

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

371

 

50

 

185

 

100

 

185

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

148

 

20

 

30

 

72

 

21

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

1,980

 

50

 

990

 

100

 

990

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

17,917

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

73,209

 

 

 

3,138

 

27

 

844

 

-  Interest rate

 

359,826

 

 

 

2,741

 

22

 

596

 

-  Equity

 

20

 

 

 

21

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

458,039

 

 

 

11,673

 

 

 

5,123

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

49




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Registered Bank as at 31 March 2006 (Unaudited):

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

1,753

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

1,004

 

10

 

100

 

Claims on banks

 

6,786

 

20

 

1,357

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

391

 

20

 

78

 

Residential mortgages

 

41,040

 

50

 

20,520

 

Other

 

33,257

 

100

 

33,257

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

7,929

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

92,160

 

 

 

55,312

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

1,890

 

100

 

1,890

 

44

 

828

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

1,334

 

100

 

1,334

 

73

 

967

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

328

 

50

 

164

 

100

 

164

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

277

 

20

 

55

 

85

 

47

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

1,429

 

50

 

715

 

100

 

715

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

17,000

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

74,591

 

 

 

5,009

 

27

 

1,354

 

-  Interest rate

 

191,771

 

 

 

1,264

 

25

 

312

 

Equity

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

288,650

 

 

 

10,453

 

 

 

4,391

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

50




Total Risk Weighted Exposures of the Registered Bank as at 30 September 2006 (Audited):

 

Principal

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term claims on Government

 

2,028

 

0

 

 

Long term claims on Government

 

824

 

10

 

82

 

Claims on banks

 

5,950

 

20

 

1,190

 

Claims on public sector entities

 

425

 

20

 

85

 

Residential mortgages

 

43,526

 

50

 

21,763

 

Other

 

35,017

 

100

 

35,017

 

Non-risk weighted assets

 

6,143

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

93,913

 

 

 

58,137

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Conversion

 

Equivalent

 

Risk

 

Risk

 

 

 

Amount

 

Factor

 

Amount

 

Weight

 

Weighted

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

2,056

 

100

 

2,056

 

46

 

946

 

Commitments with certain drawdown

 

1,221

 

100

 

1,221

 

60

 

733

 

Transaction related contingent liabilities

 

376

 

50

 

188

 

100

 

188

 

Short term self liquidating trade related contingencies

 

87

 

20

 

17

 

97

 

17

 

Other commitments to provide financial services which have an original maturity of one year or more

 

2,351

 

50

 

1,175

 

100

 

1,175

 

Other commitments with an original maturity less than one year or which can be unconditionally cancelled at any time

 

17,805

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Market related contracts(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Foreign exchange

 

73,016

 

 

 

2,840

 

26

 

745

 

-  Interest rate

 

252,713

 

 

 

1,665

 

23

 

377

 

Equity

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet exposures

 

349,655

 

 

 

9,184

 

 

 

4,185

 

 


(1) The credit equivalent amounts for market related contracts are calculated using the current exposure method.

51




32.     FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategy in using financial instruments.

By their nature, the Banking Group’s activities are principally related to the use of financial instruments including derivatives. The Banking Group accepts deposits from customers at both fixed and floating rates, and for various periods, and seeks to earn an interest margin by investing these funds in high quality assets. The Banking Group seeks to increase these margins by consolidating short-term funds and lending for longer periods at higher rates, while maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet all claims that might fall due.

The Banking Group also seeks to raise its interest margins through lending to commercial and retail borrowers with a range of credit standing. Such exposures involve not just on-balance sheet loans and advances; the Banking Group also enters into guarantees and other commitments such as letters of credit and performance, and other bonds.

The Banking Group also trades in financial instruments where it takes positions in traded and over-the-counter instruments, including derivatives, to take advantage of short-term market movements in equities and bonds and in currency and interest rate prices. The Board places trading limits on the level of exposure that can be taken in relation to both overnight and intra-day market positions. With the exception of specific hedging arrangements, foreign exchange and interest rate exposures associated with these derivatives are normally offset by entering into counterbalancing positions, thereby controlling the variability in the net cash amounts required to liquidate market positions.

Credit Risk

The Banking Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. Impairment provisions are provided for losses that have been incurred at the balance sheet date. Significant changes in the economy, or in the health of a particular industry segment that represents a concentration in the Banking Group’s portfolio, could result in losses that are different from those provided for at the balance sheet date. Management therefore carefully manages its exposure to credit risk.

The Banking Group structures the levels of credit risk it undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in relation to one borrower, or groups of borrowers, and to geographical and industry segments. Such risks are monitored on a revolving basis and subject to an annual or more frequent review.

The exposure to any one borrower including banks and brokers is further restricted by sub-limits covering on- and off-balance sheet exposures, and daily delivery risk limits in relation to trading items such as forward foreign exchange contracts. Actual exposures against limits are monitored daily.

Exposure to credit risk is managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits where appropriate. Exposure to credit risk is also managed in part by obtaining collateral and corporate and personal guarantees, but a portion is personal lending (i.e. credit cards) where no such facilities can be obtained.

Derivatives

The Banking Group maintains strict control limits on net open derivatives positions (i.e. the difference between purchase and sale contracts), by both amount and term. At any one time, the amount subject to credit risk is limited to the current fair value of instruments that are favourable to the Banking Group (i.e. assets where their fair value is positive), which in relation to derivatives is only a small fraction of the contract, or notional values used to express the volume of instruments outstanding. This credit risk exposure is managed as part of the overall lending limits with customers, together with potential exposures from market movements. Collateral or other security is not usually obtained for credit risk exposures on these instruments, except where the Banking Group requires margin deposits from counterparties.

Credit-related commitments

The primary purpose of these instruments is to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required. Guarantees and standby letters of credit – which represent irrecoverable assurances that the Banking Group will make payments in the event that a customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties – carry the same credit risk as loans. Documentary and commercial letters of credit – which are written undertakings by the Banking Group on behalf of a customer authorising a third party to draw drafts on the Banking Group up to a stipulated amount under specific terms and conditions – are collateralised by the underlying shipments of goods to which they relate and therefore carry less risk than a direct borrowing.

Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Banking Group is potentially exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments, as most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards. The Banking Group monitors the term to maturity of credit commitments because longer-term commitments generally have a greater degree of credit risk than shorter-term commitments.

Foreign Currency Related Risk

The risk related to mismatching of non-traded foreign currency assets and liabilities is presented in Note 37 Foreign Currency Risk.

52




33.     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The table below summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of each class of financial assets and liabilities. The methods and significant assumptions applied in determining fair values are outlined on the following page.

 

Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

5,741

 

5,741

 

1,997

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

2,698

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

3,067

 

3,067

 

7,110

 

7,110

 

5,617

 

5,617

 

Trading securities

 

1,917

 

1,917

 

1,652

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

1,596

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,041

 

3,041

 

3,648

 

3,648

 

2,020

 

2,020

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

45

 

45

 

556

 

556

 

359

 

359

 

Net loans and advances

 

82,258

 

81,807

 

74,176

 

73,744

 

78,155

 

77,878

 

Other financial assets

 

714

 

714

 

559

 

559

 

823

 

823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

96,783

 

96,332

 

89,698

 

89,266

 

91,268

 

90,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

4,178

 

4,177

 

3,936

 

3,940

 

3,987

 

3,987

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

64,758

 

64,713

 

61,716

 

61,693

 

63,176

 

63,162

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,168

 

3,168

 

2,927

 

2,927

 

1,997

 

1,997

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

1,190

 

1,190

 

1,120

 

1,120

 

965

 

965

 

Bonds and notes

 

13,340

 

13,341

 

11,323

 

11,326

 

12,468

 

12,469

 

Related party funding

 

2,764

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

2,720

 

Loan capital

 

2,039

 

2,034

 

1,522

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

1,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

91,437

 

91,387

 

85,187

 

85,171

 

87,118

 

87,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

5,740

 

5,740

 

1,997

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

2,698

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

2,580

 

2,580

 

6,510

 

6,510

 

5,111

 

5,111

 

Trading securities

 

1,916

 

1,916

 

1,652

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

1,596

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,066

 

3,066

 

3,648

 

3,648

 

2,019

 

2,019

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

35

 

35

 

546

 

546

 

349

 

349

 

Net loans and advances

 

78,570

 

78,123

 

70,462

 

70,074

 

74,453

 

74,192

 

Due from subsidiary companies

 

1,543

 

1,543

 

1,577

 

1,577

 

1,505

 

1,505

 

Other financial assets

 

606

 

606

 

464

 

464

 

737

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

94,056

 

93,609

 

86,856

 

86,468

 

88,468

 

88,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,741

 

1,741

 

2,357

 

2,357

 

2,828

 

2,828

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

56,618

 

56,578

 

51,067

 

51,046

 

53,594

 

53,583

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

30,185

 

30,185

 

29,347

 

29,354

 

28,648

 

28,656

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,165

 

3,165

 

2,916

 

2,916

 

1,992

 

1,992

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

924

 

924

 

920

 

920

 

755

 

755

 

Bonds and notes

 

509

 

509

 

935

 

937

 

475

 

472

 

Related party funding

 

2,764

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

2,720

 

Loan capital

 

2,039

 

2,034

 

1,522

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

1,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

97,945

 

97,900

 

91,707

 

91,695

 

92,817

 

92,808

 

 

53




Methodologies

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Quoted market prices, where available, are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on present value estimates or other valuation techniques. For the majority of short-term financial instruments, defined as those which reprice or mature within 90 days or less, with no significant change in credit risk, the fair value was assumed to equate to the carrying amount in the balance sheet.

The fair values are based on relevant information available as at balance date. While judgement is used in obtaining the fair value of financial instruments, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Many of the estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement, and changes in underlying assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Furthermore, market prices or rates of discount are not available for many of the financial instruments valued and surrogates have been used which may not reflect the price that would apply in an actual sale.

Liquid assets and Due from other financial institutions

The carrying values of these financial instruments are considered to approximate their fair values where they are short term in nature or receivable on demand. Where financial instruments reprice or mature over 90 days, fair values are based on quoted market prices or present value estimates.

Trading securities

Trading securities are carried at fair value. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer price quotations or prices for securities with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value. The fair values of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and currency swaps were calculated using discounted cash flow models based on current market yields for similar types of instruments and the maturity of each instrument. Foreign exchange contracts and interest rate option contracts were valued using market prices and options valuation models as appropriate.

Available-for-sale assets

Available-for-sale assets are carried at fair value. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, or broker or dealer price quotations. If this information is not available, fair value has been estimated using quoted market prices for securities with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics.

Net Loans and advances

The carrying value of net loans and advances includes deferred fees and expenses, and is net of provision for credit impairment and income yet to mature. The estimated fair value of net loans and advances is based on the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows and accordingly has been adjusted for provision for credit impairment.

Estimated contractual cash flows for performing loans are discounted at estimated current bank credit spreads to determine fair value. For loans with doubt as to collection, expected cash flows (inclusive of the value of security) are discounted using a rate which includes a premium for the uncertainty of the flows.

The difference between estimated fair values of loans and advances and their carrying value reflects changes in interest rates and the credit worthiness of borrowers since loan origination.

Other financial assets

The carrying value of accrued interest and fees receivable approximate their fair values, as they are short term in nature or are receivable on demand. Deferred tax assets and prepaid expenses are not considered financial assets.

Due to other financial institutions

The carrying value of amounts due to other financial institutions is considered to approximate their fair value where they are short term in nature or payable on demand. Where financial instruments reprice or mature over 90 days, fair values are based on quoted market prices or present value estimates.

Deposits and other borrowings

The fair value of a deposit liability without a specified maturity or at call is deemed to be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value is not adjusted for any value expected to be derived from retaining the deposit for a future period of time.

For interest bearing fixed maturity deposits and other borrowings without quoted market prices, market borrowing rates of interest for debt with a similar maturity are used to discount contractual cash flows.

Payables and other financial liabilities

This category includes accrued interest and fees payable for which the carrying amount is considered to approximate their fair value. Income tax liabilities, other provisions and accrued charges are not considered financial liabilities.

Bonds and notes, related party funding and loan capital

The fair value of bonds and notes and loan capital was calculated based on quoted market prices. For those debt issues where quoted market prices were not available, a discounted cash flow model using a yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity of the instrument was used. The carrying value of related party funding is considered to approximate their fair value.

54




34.     MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Banking Group and Bank will encounter difficulty in meeting commitments associated with its financial liabilities, e.g. overnight deposits, current accounts, and maturing deposits; and future commitments, e.g. loan draw-downs and guarantees. The Banking Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient liquid funds to meet its commitments based on historical and forecasted cash flow requirements.

The following maturity analysis of assets and liabilities has been prepared on the basis of the remaining period to contractual maturity or expected maturity, where known, as at balance date. The majority of the longer term loans and advances are housing loans, which are likely to be repaid earlier than their contractual terms. Deposits include substantial customer deposits which are repayable on demand. However, historical experience has shown such balances to provide a stable source of long term funding for the Banking Group. When managing liquidity risks, the Banking Group adjusts this contractual profile for expected customer behaviour.

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

No Specified

 

 

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated – 31/03/2007 (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

5,741

 

5,728

 

13

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

3,067

 

2,581

 

 

200

 

286

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,917

 

1,490

 

94

 

107

 

226

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,041

 

 

 

 

 

3,041

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

45

 

32

 

 

13

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

82,258

 

9,230

 

9,051

 

22,086

 

42,229

 

(338

)

Other assets

 

4,889

 

 

 

 

 

4,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

100,958

 

19,061

 

9,158

 

22,406

 

42,741

 

7,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

4,178

 

2,885

 

816

 

48

 

429

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

64,758

 

48,713

 

13,734

 

2,311

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,168

 

 

 

 

 

3,168

 

Other liabilities

 

1,819

 

261

 

11

 

 

 

1,547

 

Bonds and notes

 

13,340

 

148

 

1,186

 

12,006

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,764

 

2,764

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

2,039

 

118

 

425

 

1,195

 

301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

92,066

 

54,889

 

16,172

 

15,560

 

730

 

4,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

8,892

 

(35,828

)

(7,014

)

6,846

 

42,011

 

2,877

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

8,892

 

(35,828

)

(42,842

)

(35,996

)

6,015

 

8,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated – 31/03/2006 (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

1,997

 

1,997

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

7,110

 

6,122

 

737

 

251

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,652

 

1,289

 

148

 

162

 

53

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,648

 

 

 

 

 

3,648

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

556

 

342

 

181

 

33

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

74,176

 

10,954

 

3,824

 

21,705

 

37,979

 

(286

)

Other assets

 

5,155

 

 

 

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

94,294

 

20,704

 

4,890

 

22,151

 

38,032

 

8,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,936

 

3,407

 

512

 

15

 

2

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

61,716

 

45,613

 

13,370

 

1,583

 

1,150

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2,927

 

 

 

 

 

2,927

 

Other liabilities

 

1,701

 

133

 

 

 

 

1,568

 

Bonds and notes

 

11,323

 

622

 

350

 

10,351

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,643

 

2,643

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

1,522

 

100

 

 

1,118

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

85,768

 

52,518

 

14,232

 

13,067

 

1,456

 

4,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

8,526

 

(31,814

)

(9,342

)

9,084

 

36,576

 

4,022

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

8,526

 

(31,814

)

(41,156

)

(32,072

)

4,504

 

8,526

 

 

55




 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Specified

 

 

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated – 30/09/2006 (Audited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

2,698

 

2,677

 

21

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

5,617

 

5,010

 

378

 

229

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,596

 

1,239

 

211

 

51

 

95

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2,020

 

 

 

 

 

2,020

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

359

 

313

 

 

42

 

 

4

 

Net loans and advances

 

78,155

 

10,537

 

7,942

 

20,621

 

39,364

 

(309

)

Other assets

 

5,579

 

535

 

 

 

 

5,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

96,024

 

20,311

 

8,552

 

20,943

 

39,459

 

6,759

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,987

 

3,987

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

63,176

 

47,095

 

13,186

 

2,895

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

1,997

 

 

 

 

 

1,997

 

Other liabilities

 

1,638

 

53

 

 

 

 

1,585

 

Bonds and notes

 

12,468

 

111

 

725

 

11,632

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,720

 

2,720

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

1,805

 

 

550

 

951

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

87,791

 

53,966

 

14,461

 

15,478

 

304

 

3,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

8,233

 

(33,655

)

(5,909

)

5,465

 

39,155

 

3,177

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

8,233

 

(33,655

)

(39,564

)

(34,099

)

5,056

 

8,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent – 31/03/2007 (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

5,740

 

5,727

 

13

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

2,580

 

2,580

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,916

 

1,489

 

94

 

107

 

226

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,066

 

 

 

 

 

3,066

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

35

 

32

 

 

3

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

78,570

 

8,930

 

8,498

 

19,253

 

42,206

 

(317

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

1,543

 

609

 

5

 

758

 

171

 

 

Other assets

 

12,184

 

 

 

 

 

12,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

105,634

 

19,367

 

8,610

 

20,121

 

42,603

 

14,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,741

 

1,598

 

 

48

 

95

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

56,618

 

44,931

 

9,941

 

1,746

 

 

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

30,185

 

13,517

 

5,500

 

11,168

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,165

 

 

 

 

 

3,165

 

Other liabilities

 

1,515

 

261

 

11

 

 

 

1,243

 

Bonds and notes

 

509

 

10

 

70

 

429

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,764

 

2,764

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

2,039

 

118

 

425

 

1,195

 

301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

98,536

 

63,199

 

15,947

 

14,586

 

396

 

4,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

7,098

 

(43,832

)

(7,337

)

5,535

 

42,207

 

10,525

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

7,098

 

(43,832

)

(51,169

)

(45,634

)

(3,427

)

7,098

 

 

56




 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Specified

 

 

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Parent – 31/03/2006 (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

1,997

 

1,997

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

6,510

 

6,112

 

398

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,652

 

1,289

 

148

 

162

 

53

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,648

 

 

 

 

 

3,648

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

546

 

342

 

181

 

23

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

70,462

 

10,794

 

3,364

 

19,145

 

37,417

 

(258

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

1,577

 

47

 

589

 

941

 

 

 

Other assets

 

12,995

 

 

 

 

 

12,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

99,387

 

20,581

 

4,680

 

20,271

 

37,470

 

16,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

2,357

 

2,337

 

3

 

15

 

2

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

51,067

 

38,634

 

10,120

 

1,163

 

1,150

 

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

29,347

 

7,067

 

7,125

 

13,901

 

1,254

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

2,916

 

Other liabilities

 

1,430

 

133

 

 

 

 

1,297

 

Bonds and notes

 

935

 

507

 

 

428

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,643

 

2,643

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

1,522

 

100

 

 

1,118

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

92,217

 

51,421

 

17,248

 

16,625

 

2,710

 

4,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

7,170

 

(30,840

)

(12,568

)

3,646

 

34,760

 

12,172

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

7,170

 

(30,840

)

(43,408

)

(39,762

)

(5,002

)

7,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent – 30/09/2006 (Audited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

2,698

 

2,677

 

21

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

5,111

 

4,728

 

378

 

5

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,596

 

1,239

 

211

 

51

 

95

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2,019

 

 

 

 

 

2,019

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

349

 

313

 

 

32

 

 

4

 

Net loans and advances

 

74,453

 

10,318

 

7,483

 

17,594

 

39,344

 

(286

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

1,505

 

691

 

5

 

809

 

 

 

Other assets

 

12,328

 

 

 

 

 

12,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

100,059

 

19,966

 

8,098

 

18,491

 

39,439

 

14,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

2,828

 

2,828

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

53,594

 

41,532

 

9,340

 

2,722

 

 

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

28,648

 

13,580

 

3,376

 

11,692

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

1,992

 

 

 

 

 

1,992

 

Other liabilities

 

1,348

 

 

 

 

 

1,348

 

Bonds and notes

 

475

 

 

10

 

465

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

2,720

 

2,720

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

1,805

 

 

550

 

951

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

93,410

 

60,660

 

13,276

 

15,830

 

304

 

3,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liquidity gap

 

6,649

 

(40,694

)

(5,178

)

2,661

 

39,135

 

10,725

 

Net liquidity gap – cumulative

 

6,649

 

(40,694

)

(45,872

)

(43,211

)

(4,076

)

6,649

 

 

57




35.     INTEREST SENSITIVITY GAP AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE INTEREST RATES

The following tables represent the interest rate sensitivity of the Banking Group’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities and off balance sheet instruments repricing (that is, when interest rates applicable to each asset or liability can be changed) in the periods shown.

Repricing gaps are based upon contractual repricing information except where the contractual terms are not considered to be reflective of actual interest rate sensitivity, for example, those assets and liabilities priced at the Banking Group’s discretion. In such cases, the rate sensitivity is based upon historically observed and/or anticipated rate sensitivity.

Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the period to repricing of assets and that of the corresponding liability funding. These mismatches are managed within policy guidelines for mismatch positions.

The majority of the Banking Group’s loan business is conducted domestically in New Zealand and is priced on a fixed rate basis. The majority of retail deposits are also raised in New Zealand but are either fixed or floating in nature. The mix of repricing maturities in this book is influenced by the underlying financial needs of customers.

The Banking Group’s offshore operation is wholesale in nature and is able to minimise interest rate sensitivity through closely matching the maturities of loans and deposits. Given both the size and nature of this business, the interest rate sensitivity of this balance sheet contributes little to the aggregate risk exposure, which is primarily a reflection of the positions in New Zealand.

In New Zealand, a combination of off-balance sheet instruments and pricing initiatives is used in the management of interest rate risk. For example, where a strong medium to long term rate view is held, hedging and pricing strategies are used to modify the profile’s interest rate sensitivity so that it is positioned to take advantage of the expected movement in interest rates. However, such positions are taken within the overall risk limits specified by Banking Group policy.

Effective interest rates on hedged transactions within classes of financial assets or liabilities are disclosed inclusive of the impact of the hedging transaction. However, the financial assets or liabilities carrying values do not incorporate the values of the hedging transactions.

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated – Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

7.25

%

5,741

 

5,482

 

6

 

8

 

 

 

245

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

6.64

%

3,067

 

2,567

 

 

 

200

 

 

300

 

Trading securities

 

7.53

%

1,917

 

1,591

 

79

 

3

 

43

 

201

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,041

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,041

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

13.01

%

45

 

32

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

9.08

%

82,258

 

32,963

 

4,983

 

6,241

 

38,280

 

129

 

(338

)

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

714

 

 

 

 

 

 

714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

96,783

 

42,635

 

5,068

 

6,252

 

38,536

 

330

 

3,962

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

4,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

100,958

 

42,635

 

5,068

 

6,252

 

38,536

 

330

 

8,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

6.35

%

4,178

 

2,535

 

175

 

641

 

48

 

429

 

350

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

6.44

%

64,758

 

43,816

 

7,423

 

6,142

 

3,424

 

 

3,953

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,168

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

1,190

 

261

 

11

 

 

 

60

 

858

 

Bonds and notes

 

7.83

%

13,340

 

11,340

 

350

 

150

 

1,500

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.50

%

2,764

 

2,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.90

%

2,039

 

329

 

1,010

 

 

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

91,437

 

61,045

 

8,969

 

6,933

 

5,672

 

489

 

8,329

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

629

 

 

 

 

 

 

629

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

8,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

100,958

 

61,045

 

8,969

 

6,933

 

5,672

 

489

 

17,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(18,410

)

(3,901

)

(681

)

32,864

 

(159

)

(9,713

)

Hedging instruments

 

n/a

 

 

22,438

 

5,988

 

3,680

 

(32,872

)

766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

4,028

 

2,087

 

2,999

 

(8

)

607

 

(9,713

)

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

4,028

 

6,115

 

9,114

 

9,106

 

9,713

 

 

 

58




 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated – Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

6.50

%

1,997

 

1,789

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

7.08

%

7,110

 

5,916

 

520

 

217

 

251

 

 

206

 

Trading securities

 

7.27

%

1,652

 

1,289

 

134

 

14

 

162

 

53

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,648

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

6.69

%

556

 

355

 

113

 

68

 

20

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

8.78

%

74,176

 

32,253

 

4,421

 

10,139

 

26,944

 

705

 

(286

)

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

559

 

 

 

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

89,698

 

41,602

 

5,188

 

10,438

 

27,377

 

758

 

4,335

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

4,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

94,294

 

41,602

 

5,188

 

10,438

 

27,377

 

758

 

8,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

6.03

%

3,936

 

3,282

 

509

 

 

 

 

145

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

6.01

%

61,716

 

40,190

 

9,165

 

4,750

 

2,383

 

1,150

 

4,078

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

2,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,927

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

1,120

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

987

 

Bonds and notes

 

7.54

%

11,323

 

9,910

 

16

 

49

 

1,348

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.25

%

2,643

 

2,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.92

%

1,522

 

318

 

554

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

85,187

 

56,476

 

10,244

 

4,799

 

4,381

 

1,150

 

8,137

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

581

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

8,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

94,294

 

56,476

 

10,244

 

4,799

 

4,381

 

1,150

 

17,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(14,874

)

(5,056

)

5,639

 

22,996

 

(392

)

(8,313

)

Hedging instruments

 

n/a

 

 

25,643

 

5,167

 

(14,437

)

(16,291

)

(82

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

10,769

 

111

 

(8,798

)

6,705

 

(474

)

(8,313

)

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

10,769

 

10,880

 

2,082

 

8,787

 

8,313

 

 

 

59




 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated – Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

6.60

%

2,698

 

2,384

 

13

 

8

 

 

 

293

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

7.28

%

5,617

 

5,021

 

320

 

8

 

229

 

 

39

 

Trading securities

 

7.38

%

1,596

 

1,245

 

209

 

1

 

46

 

95

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

2,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,020

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

6.96

%

359

 

342

 

 

 

13

 

 

4

 

Net loans and advances

 

8.81

%

78,155

 

32,359

 

4,822

 

9,736

 

31,399

 

148

 

(309

)

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

823

 

 

 

 

 

 

823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

91,268

 

41,351

 

5,364

 

9,753

 

31,687

 

243

 

2,870

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

4,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

96,024

 

41,351

 

5,364

 

9,753

 

31,687

 

243

 

7,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5.86

%

3,987

 

3,906

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

6.20

%

63,176

 

41,973

 

7,540

 

5,845

 

3,899

 

 

3,919

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

1,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,997

 

Payables and other financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

liabilities

 

n/a

 

965

 

5

 

10

 

 

32

 

90

 

828

 

Bonds and notes

 

7.60

%

12,468

 

10,681

 

115

 

41

 

1,631

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.25

%

2,720

 

2,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.88

%

1,805

 

213

 

592

 

550

 

450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

87,118

 

59,498

 

8,257

 

6,436

 

6,012

 

90

 

6,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

673

 

 

 

 

 

 

673

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

8,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

96,024

 

59,498

 

8,257

 

6,436

 

6,012

 

90

 

15,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(18,147

)

(2,893

)

3,317

 

25,675

 

153

 

(8,105

)

Hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

24,662

 

1,627

 

(2,901

)

(23,568

)

180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

6,515

 

(1,266

)

416

 

2,107

 

333

 

(8,105

)

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

6,515

 

5,249

 

5,665

 

7,772

 

8,105

 

 

 

60




 

Weighted
Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Parent – Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

7.25

%

5,740

 

5,481

 

6

 

8

 

 

 

245

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

6.51

%

2,580

 

2,280

 

 

 

 

 

300

 

Trading securities

 

7.53

%

1,916

 

1,590

 

79

 

3

 

43

 

201

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,066

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

14.61

%

35

 

32

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

9.09

%

78,570

 

32,288

 

4,821

 

5,929

 

35,735

 

114

 

(317

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

4.18

%

1,543

 

243

 

 

 

476

 

171

 

653

 

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

606

 

 

 

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

94,056

 

41,914

 

4,906

 

5,940

 

36,257

 

486

 

4,553

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

11,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

105,634

 

41,914

 

4,906

 

5,940

 

36,257

 

486

 

16,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5.10

%

1,741

 

1,245

 

 

 

48

 

95

 

353

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

6.36

%

56,618

 

40,036

 

5,010

 

4,760

 

2,859

 

 

3,953

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

7.73

%

30,185

 

23,397

 

2,575

 

2,457

 

1,756

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,165

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

924

 

261

 

11

 

 

 

 

652

 

Bonds and notes

 

7.05

%

509

 

209

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.50

%

2,764

 

2,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.90

%

2,039

 

329

 

1,010

 

 

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

97,945

 

68,241

 

8,606

 

7,217

 

5,663

 

95

 

8,123

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

591

 

 

 

 

 

 

591

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

7,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

105,634

 

68,241

 

8,606

 

7,217

 

5,663

 

95

 

15,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(26,327

)

(3,700

)

(1,277

)

30,594

 

391

 

319

 

Hedging instruments

 

n/a

 

 

22,843

 

5,988

 

3,685

 

(32,893

)

377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

(3,484

)

2,288

 

2,408

 

(2,299

)

768

 

319

 

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

(3,484

)

(1,196

)

1,212

 

(1,087

)

(319

)

 

 

61




 

 

Weighted
Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Parent – Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

6.50

%

1,997

 

1,789

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

6.93

%

6,510

 

5,906

 

249

 

149

 

 

 

206

 

Trading securities

 

7.26

%

1,652

 

1,289

 

134

 

14

 

162

 

53

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

3,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,648

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

6.69

%

546

 

345

 

113

 

68

 

20

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

8.79

%

70,462

 

30,755

 

4,276

 

9,894

 

25,648

 

147

 

(258

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

4.00

%

1,577

 

300

 

 

 

624

 

 

653

 

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

464

 

 

 

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

86,856

 

40,384

 

4,772

 

10,125

 

26,454

 

200

 

4,921

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

12,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

99,387

 

40,384

 

4,772

 

10,125

 

26,454

 

200

 

17,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5.30

%

2,357

 

2,209

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

5.80

%

51,067

 

33,211

 

7,263

 

3,402

 

1,963

 

1,150

 

4,078

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

7.33

%

29,347

 

25,020

 

2,815

 

 

858

 

654

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,916

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

920

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

787

 

Bonds and notes

 

6.96

%

935

 

495

 

 

 

440

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.25

%

2,643

 

2,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.92

%

1,522

 

318

 

554

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

91,707

 

64,029

 

10,632

 

3,402

 

3,911

 

1,804

 

7,929

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

510

 

 

 

 

 

 

510

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

7,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

99,387

 

64,029

 

10,632

 

3,402

 

3,911

 

1,804

 

15,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(23,645

)

(5,860

)

6,723

 

22,543

 

(1,604

)

1,843

 

Hedging instruments

 

n/a

 

 

24,443

 

5,133

 

(14,437

)

(15,657

)

518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

798

 

(727

)

(7,714

)

6,886

 

(1,086

)

1,843

 

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

798

 

71

 

(7,643

)

(757

)

(1,843

)

 

 

62




 

 

Weighted
Effective

 

Total

 

At Call Or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Carrying

 

Less Than

 

3-6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

Beyond

 

Not Bearing

 

 

 

Rate

 

Value

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Parent – Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

6.60

%

2,698

 

2,384

 

13

 

8

 

 

 

293

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

7.18

%

5,111

 

4,739

 

320

 

8

 

5

 

 

39

 

Trading securities

 

7.38

%

1,596

 

1,245

 

209

 

1

 

46

 

95

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

2,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,019

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

6.96

%

349

 

342

 

 

 

3

 

 

4

 

Net loans and advances

 

8.80

%

74,453

 

31,649

 

4,691

 

9,493

 

28,772

 

134

 

(286

)

Due from subsidiary companies

 

4.23

%

1,505

 

472

 

140

 

 

240

 

 

653

 

Other financial assets

 

n/a

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets

 

 

 

88,468

 

40,831

 

5,373

 

9,510

 

29,066

 

229

 

3,459

 

Non-financial assets

 

n/a

 

11,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

100,059

 

40,831

 

5,373

 

9,510

 

29,066

 

229

 

15,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5.40

%

2,828

 

2,744

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

6.03

%

53,594

 

36,206

 

5,818

 

4,125

 

3,526

 

 

3,919

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

7.49

%

28,648

 

23,698

 

1,607

 

1,211

 

2,132

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

n/a

 

1,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,992

 

Payables and other financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

755

 

5

 

10

 

 

32

 

90

 

618

 

Bonds and notes

 

7.07

%

475

 

175

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

Related party funding

 

7.25

%

2,720

 

2,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

7.88

%

1,805

 

213

 

592

 

550

 

450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

92,817

 

65,761

 

8,027

 

5,886

 

6,440

 

90

 

6,613

 

Non-financial liabilities

 

n/a

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

593

 

Equity

 

n/a

 

6,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

100,059

 

65,761

 

8,027

 

5,886

 

6,440

 

90

 

13,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

(24,930

)

(2,654

)

3,624

 

22,626

 

139

 

1,195

 

Hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

24,785

 

1,627

 

(2,901

)

(23,691

)

180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap – net

 

 

 

 

(145

)

(1,027

)

723

 

(1,065

)

319

 

1,195

 

Interest sensitivity gap – cumulative

 

 

 

 

(145

)

(1,172

)

(449

)

(1,514

)

(1,195

)

 

 

63




36.     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The maximum credit risk of on-balance sheet financial assets is best represented by the carrying amount of the assets, net of any provision for credit impairment. The credit risk exposure does not take into account the fair value of any collateral, in the event of other parties failing to perform their obligations under financial instruments.

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

On-balance sheet credit exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

5,741

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

5,740

 

1,997

 

2,698

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

3,067

 

7,110

 

5,617

 

2,580

 

6,510

 

5,111

 

Trading securities

 

1,917

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

1,916

 

1,652

 

1,596

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,041

 

3,648

 

2,020

 

3,066

 

3,648

 

2,019

 

Available-for-sale assets

 

45

 

556

 

359

 

35

 

546

 

349

 

Net loans and advances

 

82,258

 

74,176

 

78,155

 

78,570

 

70,462

 

74,453

 

Due from subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

1,543

 

1,577

 

1,505

 

Other financial assets

 

714

 

559

 

823

 

606

 

464

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet credit exposures

 

96,783

 

89,698

 

91,268

 

94,056

 

86,856

 

88,468

 

 

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Analyses of financial assets by industry sector using Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes are as follows:

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Concentrations of credit risk by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instalment and personal lending

 

3,108

 

2,927

 

2,906

 

2,518

 

2,371

 

2,354

 

Real estate mortgages

 

49,850

 

43,508

 

46,540

 

49,850

 

43,476

 

46,540

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

13,122

 

11,691

 

12,604

 

12,872

 

11,451

 

12,370

 

Mining

 

202

 

103

 

144

 

181

 

80

 

122

 

Manufacturing

 

2,802

 

3,010

 

3,041

 

2,437

 

2,579

 

2,642

 

Construction

 

855

 

673

 

713

 

678

 

523

 

558

 

Retail and wholesale

 

2,774

 

2,397

 

2,566

 

2,692

 

2,319

 

2,491

 

Transport

 

1,459

 

1,205

 

1,150

 

1,057

 

817

 

749

 

Communications

 

224

 

179

 

279

 

200

 

148

 

251

 

Finance, investment and insurance

 

13,370

 

18,863

 

15,097

 

13,014

 

18,388

 

14,609

 

Business and personal services

 

1,418

 

1,363

 

1,393

 

1,302

 

1,277

 

1,299

 

Government and local authority

 

5,773

 

2,058

 

2,836

 

5,678

 

1,964

 

2,742

 

Electricity, gas and water

 

833

 

794

 

1,008

 

605

 

550

 

764

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

963

 

904

 

989

 

944

 

890

 

975

 

Other

 

30

 

23

 

2

 

28

 

23

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet credit exposures

 

96,783

 

89,698

 

91,268

 

94,056

 

86,856

 

88,468

 

 

Analyses of financial assets by geographic area are based on the Reserve Bank M3 Institutions Standard Statistical Return criteria.

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Concentrations of credit risk by geographical area

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

88,469

 

79,369

 

82,350

 

87,654

 

78,575

 

81,507

 

Overseas

 

4,202

 

5,890

 

5,891

 

2,373

 

3,939

 

4,021

 

Exposures not classified in Reserve Bank M3 Return

 

4,112

 

4,439

 

3,027

 

4,029

 

4,342

 

2,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total on-balance sheet credit exposures

 

96,783

 

89,698

 

91,268

 

94,056

 

86,856

 

88,468

 

 

64




Concentrations of credit risk to individual counterparties

The number of individual counterparties other than banks or groups of closely related counterparties of which a bank is a parent (excluding OECD Governments and connected persons), where the quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposure equals or exceeds 10% of equity (as at the end of the quarter) in ranges of 10% of equity, on the basis of limits:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

 

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10% to 20% of equity

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

 

As noted above, the number of individual counterparties disclosed within the various equity ranges is based on counterparty limits rather than actual exposures outstanding. No account is taken of security and/or guarantees which the Banking Group may hold in respect of the various counterparty limits.

The amount and percentage of quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposures to individual counterparties other than banks or groups of closely related counterparties of which a bank is a parent (excluding OECD Governments and connected persons), where the quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposure equals or exceeds 10% of equity (as at the end of the quarter), by credit rating:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade credit rating (Note 1)

 

2,500

 

100.0

%

1,301

 

100.0

%

2,281

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peak for the quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade credit rating (Note 1)

 

2,610

 

100.0

%

1,301

 

100.0

%

2,286

 

100.0

%

 

Concentrations of credit risk to bank counterparties

The number of bank counterparties or groups of closely related counterparties of which a bank is the parent (excluding OECD Governments and connected persons), where the quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposure equals or exceeds 10% of equity (as at the end of the quarter) in ranges of 10% of equity, on the basis of actual exposures:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

 

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10% to 20% of equity

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

 

2

 

3

 

20% to 30% of equity

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount and percentage of quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposures to bank counterparties or groups of closely related counterparties of which a bank is a parent (excluding OECD Governments and connected persons), where the quarter end and peak end-of-day credit exposure equals or exceeds 10% of equity (as at the end of the quarter), by credit rating:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

Amount

 

Exposure

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade credit rating (Note 1)

 

1,343

 

100.0

%

1,185

 

100.0

%

1,700

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peak for the quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade credit rating (Note 1)

 

2,516

 

100.0

%

1,773

 

100.0

%

2,546

 

100.0

%

 

Note 1

All of the individual and bank counterparties included in the above tables have an investment grade rating. An investment grade credit rating means a credit rating of BBB- or Baa3 or above, or its equivalent. In the case of a group of closely related counterparties, the credit rating applicable is that of the entity heading the group of closely related counterparties. The credit rating is applicable to an entity’s long term senior unsecured obligations payable in New Zealand, in New Zealand dollars, or to an entity’s long term senior unsecured foreign currency obligations.

65




Concentrations of credit risk to connected persons

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

% of Group

 

 

 

% of Group

 

 

 

% of Group

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

Aggregate at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connected persons (Note 2)

 

1,454

 

27.3

%

1,595

 

31.4

%

1,191

 

25.2

%

Non-bank connected persons (Note 3)

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

Peak end-of-day for the quarter (Note 4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connected persons

 

1,612

 

30.2

%

1,641

 

32.3

%

1,826

 

38.6

%

Non-bank connected persons

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

Rating-contingent limit (Note 5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connected persons

 

n/a

 

70.0

%

n/a

 

70.0

%

n/a

 

70.0

%

Non-bank connected persons

 

n/a

 

15.0

%

n/a

 

15.0

%

n/a

 

15.0

%

o

The credit exposure concentrations disclosed for connected persons are on the basis of actual gross exposures and exclusive of exposures of a capital nature. The peak end-of-day credit exposures for the quarter to connected persons are measured over Tier 1 Capital as at the end of the quarter. There were no individual provisions provided against credit exposures to connected persons as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil). The Banking Group had no contingent exposures arising from risk lay-off arrangements to connected persons as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; (30/09/2006 $nil).

Note 2

The Banking Group has amounts due from its Parent Company and Ultimate Parent Company and other entities within the Ultimate Parent Group arising from the ordinary course of its business. These balances arise primarily from unrealised gains on trading and hedging derivative financial instruments with the Ultimate Parent Bank.

Note 3

Non-bank connected persons exposures consist of loans to directors of the Bank. All loans were made in the ordinary course of business of the Bank, on an arm’s length basis and on normal commercial terms and conditions. There are no loans made to other directors of the Banking Group.

Note 4

The method of calculating the peak end-of-day disclosure above differs from that applied in determining the connected persons’ limit under the Bank’s Conditions of Registration. The peak end-of-day disclosure is measured against Tier 1 Capital at quarter end whereas the connected persons’ exposure under the Conditions of Registration is measured against Tier 1 Capital on a continuous basis. The Banking Group has complied with the limits on aggregate credit exposures (of a non-capital nature and net of individual provisions) to connected persons and non-bank connected persons, as set out in the Conditions of Registration, at all times during the quarter.

Note 5

Represents the maximum peak end-of-day aggregate credit exposures limit (exclusive of exposures of a capital nature and net of individual provisions) to all connected persons. This is based on the rating applicable to the Bank’s long term senior unsecured NZD obligations payable in New Zealand, in New Zealand dollars (refer page 90 for the credit rating). Within the overall limit a sub-limit of 15% of Tier 1 Capital applies to aggregate credit exposures (exclusive of exposures of a capital nature and net of individual provisions) to non-bank connected persons. While the Bank received a revised rating from Standard & Poor’s during the quarter, no changes to the rating-contingent limit have occurred, as where the Bank has more than one credit rating, the lowest rating is used in determining the connected exposure limit.

37.     FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

The net open position in each foreign currency, detailed in the table below, represents the net on-balance sheet assets and liabilities in that foreign currency aggregated with the net expected future cash flows from off-balance sheet purchases and sales from foreign exchange transactions in that foreign currency. The amounts are stated in New Zealand dollar equivalents translated using the spot exchange rates as at balance sheet date.

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net open position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian dollar

 

13

 

(15

)

33

 

13

 

(15

)

33

 

Euro

 

 

(4

)

(9

)

 

(4

)

(9

)

Japanese yen

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(8

)

 

Pound sterling

 

18

 

(3

)

(1

)

18

 

(3

)

(1

)

US dollar

 

(31

)

(31

)

35

 

(31

)

(31

)

35

 

Other

 

5

 

(7

)

 

5

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

(68

)

58

 

4

 

(68

)

58

 

 

66




38.     CONCENTRATIONS OF FUNDING

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Concentrations of funding by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

1,879

 

1,651

 

1,749

 

1,879

 

1,651

 

1,749

 

Mining

 

1,357

 

1,252

 

1,301

 

1,357

 

1,252

 

1,301

 

Manufacturing

 

1,220

 

1,274

 

1,346

 

1,220

 

1,274

 

1,346

 

Construction

 

642

 

622

 

661

 

642

 

622

 

661

 

Retail and wholesale

 

1,196

 

1,136

 

1,181

 

1,196

 

1,136

 

1,181

 

Transport

 

579

 

521

 

577

 

579

 

521

 

577

 

Communications

 

153

 

62

 

92

 

153

 

62

 

92

 

Finance, investment and insurance

 

39,714

 

38,040

 

38,095

 

48,676

 

47,090

 

46,283

 

Business and personal services

 

5,049

 

4,495

 

4,909

 

5,049

 

4,495

 

4,909

 

Government and local authority

 

1,537

 

1,370

 

1,295

 

1,537

 

1,370

 

1,295

 

Electricity, gas and water

 

370

 

543

 

602

 

170

 

343

 

402

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

502

 

524

 

507

 

502

 

524

 

507

 

Households

 

32,881

 

29,650

 

31,841

 

30,896

 

27,531

 

29,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total concentrations of funding by industry

 

87,079

 

81,140

 

84,156

 

93,856

 

87,871

 

90,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentrations of funding by product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

4,178

 

3,936

 

3,987

 

1,741

 

2,357

 

2,828

 

Certificates of deposits

 

5,190

 

4,359

 

3,941

 

5,190

 

4,359

 

3,941

 

Term deposits

 

26,231

 

25,678

 

26,293

 

26,231

 

25,678

 

26,293

 

Other deposits bearing interest

 

21,659

 

17,369

 

19,856

 

21,244

 

16,952

 

19,441

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

3,953

 

4,078

 

3,919

 

3,953

 

4,078

 

3,919

 

Commercial paper

 

5,565

 

7,913

 

6,890

 

 

 

 

Secured debenture stock

 

1,960

 

2,119

 

2,077

 

 

 

 

Secured deposits

 

200

 

200

 

200

 

 

 

 

Due to subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

30,185

 

29,347

 

28,648

 

Bonds and notes

 

13,340

 

11,323

 

12,468

 

509

 

935

 

475

 

Related party funding

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

2,764

 

2,643

 

2,720

 

Loan capital

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

2,039

 

1,522

 

1,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total concentrations of funding by product

 

87,079

 

81,140

 

84,156

 

93,856

 

87,871

 

90,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentrations of funding by geographical area

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

57,077

 

51,170

 

54,416

 

65,220

 

59,037

 

61,460

 

Overseas

 

30,002

 

29,970

 

29,740

 

28,636

 

28,834

 

28,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total concentrations of funding by geographical area

 

87,079

 

81,140

 

84,156

 

93,856

 

87,871

 

90,070

 

 

Analyses of funding by geographic area are based on the Reserve Bank M3 Institutions Standard Statistical Return criteria.

39.     MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk to earnings arising from changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or from fluctuations in bond, commodity or equity prices.

RBNZ Market Risk Disclosure

The aggregate market risk exposures below have been calculated in accordance with clause 1 (1) (a) of Schedule 7 of the Order. Aggregate foreign currency risk exposures have been calculated in accordance with clause 8 (a) of Schedule 8 of the Order. Aggregate interest rate risk exposures have been calculated in accordance with clause 1 (b) of Schedule 8 of the Order. Aggregate equity risk exposures have been calculated in accordance with clause 11 (a) of Schedule 8 of the Order. The peak end-of-day market risk exposures for the quarter are measured over equity at the end of the quarter.

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

Number of Counterparties

 

 

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

Peak for

 

 

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

As at

 

the quarter

 

Exposures to market risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate foreign currency exposures ($ million)

 

7.6

 

13.3

 

3.1

 

12.0

 

6.0

 

19.3

 

Aggregate foreign currency exposures as a percentage of equity

 

0.1

%

0.1

%

0.0

%

0.1

%

0.1

%

0.2

%

Aggregate interest rate exposures ($ million)

 

313.8

 

327.4

 

189.4

 

189.4

 

250.9

 

318.9

 

Aggregate interest rate exposures as a percentage of equity

 

3.5

%

3.7

%

2.2

%

2.2

%

3.1

%

3.9

%

Aggregate equity exposures ($ million)

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

0.2

 

0.7

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

Aggregate equity exposures as a percentage of equity

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

 

67




40.     SECURITISATION, FUNDS MANAGEMENT, OTHER FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES AND THE MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION OF INSURANCE PRODUCTS

Securitisation

The Banking Group has not securitised any of its own assets. The Banking Group is involved in providing banking services to customers who securitise assets.

Funds management

Certain subsidiaries of the Bank and officers of the bank act as trustee and/or manager for a number of unit trusts and superannuation funds. The Bank provides private banking services to a number of clients, including investment advice and portfolio management. The Banking Group is not responsible for any decline in performance of the underlying assets of the investors due to market forces.

The ANZ FlexiMortgage Income Trust holds mortgages under an equitable assignment with the Bank. The ANZ FlexiMortgage Income Trust can at any time require the Bank to repurchase any mortgage. The Bank may also require repurchase in certain circumstances. The mortgages are included in these financial statements.

As funds under management are not owned by the Banking Group, they are not included in these financial statements. The Banking Group derives fee and commission income from the sale and management of superannuation bonds and superannuation schemes, unit trusts and the provision of private banking services to a number of clients.

Some funds under management are invested in products owned by the Banking Group and are recorded as liabilities in the balance sheet. At 31 March 2007, $1,025 million of funds under management were invested in the Banking Group’s own products (31/03/2006 $992 million; 30/09/2006 $815 million).

Funds management activities conducted by the ING New Zealand joint venture are not included in the funds managed by the Banking Group, as the Banking Group does not have control of the ING New Zealand joint venture.

The aggregate value of funds managed by the Banking Group at balance date was:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Superannuation schemes

 

180

 

11

 

170

 

Bonus Bonds

 

2,420

 

2,308

 

2,397

 

Discretionary funds

 

1,865

 

1,493

 

1,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals funds under management

 

4,465

 

3,812

 

4,222

 

 

No funding was provided to funds managed by the Banking Group during the quarter ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

Custodial services

The Banking Group provides custodial services to customers in respect of assets that are beneficially owned by those customers.

Marketing and distribution of insurance products

The Bank markets and distributes a range of insurance products which are underwritten by several insurance companies. These activities are managed in association with the ING New Zealand joint venture.

The Banking Group mitigates its exposure to implicit risk by meeting the RBNZ minimum separation requirements. In particular, the Banking Group discloses as required that it does not guarantee any issuer of insurance products nor the products issued, that the insurance policies do not represent deposits or other liabilities of the Banking Group, that the insurance policies are subject to investment risk, including possible loss of income and principal, and that the Banking Group does not guarantee the capital value or performance of the policies.

Any financial services (including funding and liquidity support) provided by the Banking Group to securitisation, funds management and custodial services entities, or issuers of marketed and distributed insurance products are made on an arm’s length basis and at fair value. Any securities or assets purchased from such entities have been purchased on an arm’s length basis and at fair value.

68




41.     CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CREDIT RELATED COMMITMENTS

The credit risk exposure of contingent liabilities and credit related commitments has been based upon the risk weighted credit equivalent amounts determined in accordance with the Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s capital adequacy guidelines. The estimated face or contract values and credit equivalent amounts are as follows:

 

Unaudited 31/03/2007

 

Unaudited 31/03/2006

 

Audited 30/09/2006

 

 

 

Face or

 

Credit

 

Face or

 

Credit

 

Face or

 

Credit

 

 

 

Contract

 

Equivalent

 

Contract

 

Equivalent

 

Contract

 

Equivalent

 

 

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Credit related commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments with certain drawdown due within one year

 

2,375

 

2,375

 

1,316

 

1,316

 

1,221

 

1,221

 

Commitments to provide financial services

 

20,102

 

1,007

 

18,898

 

715

 

20,338

 

1,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total credit related commitments

 

22,477

 

3,382

 

20,214

 

2,031

 

21,559

 

2,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments with certain drawdown due within one year

 

2,375

 

2,375

 

1,316

 

1,316

 

1,221

 

1,221

 

Commitments to provide financial services

 

19,897

 

990

 

18,429

 

715

 

20,156

 

1,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total credit related commitments

 

22,272

 

3,365

 

19,745

 

2,031

 

21,377

 

2,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees(1)

 

1,815

 

1,815

 

1,507

 

1,507

 

1,688

 

1,688

 

Standby letters of credit

 

362

 

362

 

383

 

383

 

368

 

368

 

Transaction related contingent items

 

371

 

185

 

328

 

164

 

376

 

188

 

Trade related contingent liabilities

 

150

 

30

 

279

 

56

 

89

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

 

2,698

 

2,392

 

2,497

 

2,110

 

2,521

 

2,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees

 

1,815

 

1,815

 

1,507

 

1,507

 

1,688

 

1,688

 

Standby letters of credit

 

362

 

362

 

383

 

383

 

368

 

368

 

Transaction related contingent items

 

371

 

185

 

328

 

164

 

376

 

188

 

Trade related contingent liabilities

 

148

 

30

 

277

 

55

 

87

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

 

2,696

 

2,392

 

2,495

 

2,109

 

2,519

 

2,261

 

 

The Banking Group guarantees the performance of customers by issuing standby letters of credit and guarantees to third parties, including its ultimate parent. The risk involved is essentially the same as the credit risk involved in extending loan facilities to customers, therefore these transactions are subjected to the same credit origination, portfolio management and collateral requirements for customers applying for loans. As the facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements.


(1) With effect from 1 October 2006, financial guarantee contracts are recognised initially at fair value. After initial recognition , such contracts are measured at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with NZ IAS 37: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, or the amount initially recognised. There was no financial impact on adoption of this amendment to NZ IAS 39: Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

69




The detailed and estimated maximum amount of contingent liabilities that may become payable are set out below.

Contingent tax liability

As previously disclosed, the New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (‘IRD’) is reviewing a number of structured finance transactions as part of an audit of the 2000–2003 tax years. This is part of an industry-wide review by the IRD of these transactions undertaken in New Zealand.

The Bank has received Notices of Proposed Adjustment (the ‘Notices’) in respect of some of these transactions. The Notices are formal advice that the IRD is proposing to amend tax assessments. The Notices are not tax assessments and do not establish a tax liability but are the first step in a formal disputes process.

As expected in March 2007 the IRD issued amended tax assessments as a follow up to the Notices in respect of five of these transactions for the 2002 tax year (prior to that tax year becoming statute-barred). The IRD has previously issued tax assessments as a follow up to the Notices in respect of two transactions for the 2000 tax year and in respect of four transactions for the 2001 tax year (in each case prior to that tax year becoming statute-barred). Proceedings disputing the amended tax assessments with respect to the 2000 and 2001 tax years have been commenced.

Based on the independent tax and legal advice obtained, the Bank is confident that the tax treatment it has adopted for these transactions and all similar transactions is correct.

The tax adjustments proposed so far by the IRD cover the 2000 to 2003 tax years and imply a maximum potential liability of $159 million ($229 million with interest tax effected).

The IRD is also investigating other transactions undertaken by the Banking Group, which have been subject to the same tax treatment. Should the same position be taken by the IRD for all years on all these transactions, including those that the Notices cover, the maximum potential liability would be approximately $365 million ($484 million with interest tax effected) as at 31 March 2007.

Of the maximum potential tax liability in dispute, it has been estimated that approximately $99 million ($137 million with interest tax effected) is subject to indemnities given by Lloyds TSB Bank plc under the agreement by which the Bank acquired the NBNZ Holdings Limited Group, and which relate to transactions undertaken by NBNZ Group before December 2003.

This leaves a net potential tax liability as at 31 March 2007 of $266 million ($347 million with interest tax effected).

All of these transactions have now either matured or been terminated.

Other contingent liabilities

In November 2006, the Commerce Commission brought proceedings under the Commerce Act 1986 against Visa, MasterCard and all New Zealand issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit cards, including ANZ National Bank Limited. The Commission alleges price fixing and substantially lessening competition in relation to the setting of credit card interchange fees and is seeking penalties and orders under the Commerce Act.

Subsequently, several major New Zealand retailers have issued proceedings against ANZ National Bank Limited and the other abovementioned defendants seeking unquantified damages, based on allegations similar to those contained in the Commerce Commission proceedings.

ANZ National Bank Limited is defending the proceedings. At this stage, the risks and any potential liabilities cannot be assessed.

70




42.     COMMITMENTS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracts for outstanding capital expenditure:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than 1 year

 

16

 

37

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure commitments

 

16

 

37

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease rentals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than 1 year

 

84

 

81

 

79

 

22

 

19

 

19

 

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

 

162

 

180

 

172

 

37

 

42

 

39

 

Later than 5 years

 

29

 

42

 

39

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total lease rental commitments

 

275

 

303

 

290

 

59

 

64

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commitments

 

291

 

340

 

328

 

59

 

64

 

58

 

 

The Banking Group leases land and buildings under operating leases expiring from one to thirty years. Leases generally provide the Banking Group with a right of renewal at which time all terms are renegotiated. Lease payments comprise a base amount plus an incremental contingent rental. Contingent rentals are based on either movements in the Consumer Price Index or operating criteria. Contingent rentals are not included in lease rental commitments, are not provisioned for due to their immateriality, therefore are expensed as incurred.

43.     INTEREST EARNING AND DISCOUNT BEARING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning and discount bearing assets

 

92,821

 

85,363

 

88,398

 

89,503

 

81,935

 

85,009

 

Interest and discount bearing liabilities

 

83,108

 

77,050

 

80,293

 

89,822

 

83,778

 

86,204

 

 

71




44.     SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS

For segment reporting purposes, the Banking Group is organised into four major business segments – Retail Banking, Relationship Banking, Institutional and UDC. Centralised back office and corporate functions support these segments.

A summarised description of each business segment is shown below:

Retail Banking

 

Provides banking products and services to the personal banking segment and the small business segment through separate ANZ and The National Bank branded distribution channels. Personal banking customers have access to a wide range of financial services and products. Small business banking services are offered to enterprises with annual revenues of less than $5 million. Included in this segment is Private Banking, a stand-alone business unit, which offers a fully inclusive banking and investment service to high net worth individuals. Includes minor profit centres supporting the Retail Banking segment (e.g. Direct Banking and the ING joint venture).

 

 

 

Relationship Banking

 

This segment provides services to rural, commercial and corporate customers. A full range of banking products and services are provided to Rural customers. Corporate and Commercial customers consist of medium to large businesses with annual revenues from $5 million to $150 million. The Banking Group’s relationship with these businesses ranges from simple banking requirements with revenue from traditional lending and deposit products, to more complex arrangements with revenue sourced from a wider range of products and services.

 

 

 

Institutional

 

Comprises businesses that provide a full range of financial services to the Banking Group’s largest corporate and institutional customers. The Institutional business unit is made up of the following specialised units:

– Institutional Banking – manages customer relationships along industry segment lines, typically with wholesale clients with turnover greater then $100 million.

– Corporate and Structured Finance – provides specialist lending, underwriting and capital structuring and solutions to corporates, institutions and governments.

– Markets – provides securities, derivatives and foreign exchange products and services to the Banking Group’s client base.

– Working Capital – provides trade finance, cash management, international payments, clearing and custodian services to the Banking Group’s client base.

 

 

 

UDC

 

UDC is primarily involved in the financing and leasing of equipment, plant and machinery for small and medium sized businesses.

 

 

 

Other

 

Includes Treasury and back office support functions, none of which constitutes a separately reportable segment.

 

Truck Leasing Limited (trading as Esanda FleetPartners) is classified as a discontinued operation, and is included in the “Other” segment.

As the composition of segments has changed over time, prior period comparatives have been adjusted to be consistent with the 2007 segment definitions.

Consolidated – Unaudited 6 months to 31/03/2007

 

 

 

Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

Banking

 

Institutional

 

UDC

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Continuing operation(1),(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External interest income

 

1,937

 

1,129

 

763

 

85

 

9

 

3,923

 

External interest expense

 

(915

)

(245

)

(689

)

(72

)

(895

)

(2,816

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(421

)

(604

)

24

 

22

 

979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

601

 

280

 

98

 

35

 

93

 

1,107

 

Other external operating income

 

241

 

32

 

119

 

1

 

18

 

411

 

Share of profit of equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities

 

10

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

852

 

312

 

218

 

36

 

111

 

1,529

 

Other external expenses

 

278

 

51

 

44

 

13

 

233

 

619

 

Net intersegment expenses(3)

 

181

 

53

 

23

 

3

 

(226

)

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

459

 

104

 

67

 

16

 

7

 

653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

393

 

208

 

151

 

20

 

104

 

876

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

25

 

11

 

(7

)

1

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

368

 

97

 

58

 

9

 

104

 

846

 

Income tax expense

 

116

 

65

 

45

 

6

 

55

 

287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

252

 

132

 

113

 

13

 

49

 

559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operation (net of income tax)

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

252

 

132

 

113

 

13

 

125

 

635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

5

 

 

1

 

 

26

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

48,398

 

26,885

 

19,834

 

1,692

 

4,149

 

100,958

 

Share in associates and jointly controlled entities

 

196

 

 

11

 

 

(17

)

190

 

Total external liabilities

 

32,910

 

8,146

 

22,239

 

2,042

 

26,729

 

92,066

 

 

Geographic segment analysis

The Banking Group operates predominantly in New Zealand. No other geographic segments are reportable secondary segments.


(1) Results are equity standardised

(2) Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis.

(3) Net intersegment expenses are eliminated at the ultimate parent bank level.

72




 

Consolidated –  Unaudited 6 months to 31/03/2006

 

 

 

Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

Banking

 

Institutional

 

UDC

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Continuing operations(1),(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External interest income

 

1,673

 

948

 

746

 

86

 

2

 

3,455

 

External interest expense

 

(785

)

(213

)

(732

)

(74

)

(633

)

(2,437

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(335

)

(486

)

88

 

22

 

711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

553

 

249

 

102

 

34

 

80

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external operating income

 

224

 

31

 

149

 

2

 

20

 

426

 

Share of profit of equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

789

 

280

 

251

 

36

 

100

 

1,456

 

Other external expenses

 

274

 

49

 

42

 

14

 

256

 

635

 

Net intersegment expenses(3)

 

172

 

50

 

22

 

3

 

(199

)

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

446

 

99

 

64

 

17

 

57

 

683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

343

 

181

 

187

 

19

 

43

 

773

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

3

 

 

9

 

1

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

340

 

181

 

178

 

18

 

43

 

760

 

Income tax expense

 

109

 

60

 

53

 

6

 

14

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

231

 

121

 

125

 

12

 

29

 

518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operation (net of income tax)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

231

 

121

 

125

 

12

 

31

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

5

 

 

 

 

65

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

43,021

 

23,372

 

21,813

 

1,681

 

4,407

 

94,294

 

Share in associates and jointly controlled entities

 

176

 

 

16

 

 

(18

)

174

 

Total external liabilities

 

29,788

 

7,647

 

21,872

 

2,224

 

24,237

 

85,768

 

 


(1) Results are equity standardised

(2) Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis.

(3) Net intersegment expenses are eliminated at the ultimate parent bank level.

73




 

Consolidated – Audited year to 30/09/2006

 

 

 

Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

Banking

 

Institutional

 

UDC

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Continuing operations(1),(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External interest income

 

3,489

 

1,991

 

1,369

 

170

 

187

 

7,206

 

External interest expense

 

(1,645

)

(452

)

(1,039

)

(149

)

(1,792

)

(5,077

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(713

)

(1,021

)

(90

)

47

 

1,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,131

 

518

 

240

 

68

 

172

 

2,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external operating income

 

462

 

62

 

231

 

2

 

23

 

780

 

Share of profit of equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

1,615

 

580

 

471

 

70

 

195

 

2,931

 

Other external expenses

 

547

 

100

 

83

 

34

 

483

 

1,247

 

Net intersegment expenses(3)

 

345

 

100

 

45

 

1

 

(415

)

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

892

 

200

 

128

 

35

 

68

 

1,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before provision for credit impairment and income tax

 

723

 

380

 

343

 

35

 

127

 

1,608

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

14

 

(10

)

12

 

2

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

709

 

390

 

331

 

33

 

127

 

1,590

 

Income tax expense

 

225

 

130

 

101

 

11

 

56

 

523

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

484

 

260

 

230

 

22

 

71

 

1,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operation (net of income tax)

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

484

 

260

 

230

 

22

 

76

 

1,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

10

 

 

1

 

1

 

128

 

140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

45,399

 

25,291

 

18,459

 

1,627

 

5,248

 

96,024

 

Share in associates and jointly controlled entities

 

186

 

 

8

 

 

(17

)

177

 

Total external liabilities

 

31,653

 

8,026

 

20,656

 

2,149

 

25,307

 

87,791

 

 


(1) Results are equity standardised

(2) Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis.

(3) Net intersegment expenses are eliminated at the ultimate parent bank level.

74




45.     NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash flows used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

635

 

520

 

1,072

 

425

 

287

 

611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

32

 

70

 

140

 

13

 

17

 

31

 

Provision for credit impairment

 

30

 

14

 

19

 

29

 

12

 

16

 

Writedown of investment in subsidiary company

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Amortisation of premiums and discounts

 

32

 

(7

)

12

 

32

 

(7

)

12

 

Deferred fee revenue and expenses

 

 

7

 

6

 

(1

)

6

 

7

 

Share-based payment expense

 

7

 

5

 

10

 

7

 

5

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in operating assets and liabilities

 

(954

)

(4,129

)

(5,728

)

(805

)

(3,212

)

(3,320

)

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

 

(38

)

(68

)

(88

)

(31

)

(39

)

(65

)

Increase in interest payable

 

63

 

52

 

74

 

67

 

23

 

26

 

(Increase) decrease in accrued income

 

(16

)

(14

)

(27

)

(16

)

(12

)

(25

)

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses

 

(35

)

(6

)

2

 

(37

)

(7

)

8

 

(Decrease) increase in provisions

 

(6

)

7

 

(6

)

(4

)

7

 

(6

)

Decrease (increase) in income tax assets

 

72

 

109

 

(3

)

17

 

111

 

(31

)

Increase (decrease) in income tax liabilities

 

39

 

18

 

63

 

41

 

2

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items classified as investing/financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit of equity accounted associates and jointly controlled entities

 

(11

)

(12

)

(22

)

(11

)

(12

)

(22

)

Gain on disposal of controlled entities

 

(76

)

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on disposal of associates and jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

Gain on disposal of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

(226

)

(3,434

)

(4,478

)

(274

)

(2,819

)

(2,692

)

 

75




46.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Key management personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key management personnel compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

 

4,941

 

5,176

 

10,744

 

4,701

 

5,032

 

10,473

 

Post-employment benefits

 

168

 

212

 

364

 

166

 

211

 

364

 

Other long-term benefits

 

82

 

88

 

147

 

64

 

86

 

144

 

Termination benefits

 

 

2,218

 

2,218

 

 

1,931

 

1,931

 

Share-based payments

 

1,050

 

969

 

1,992

 

1,038

 

960

 

1,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total compensation of key management personnel

 

6,241

 

8,663

 

15,465

 

5,969

 

8,220

 

14,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to key management personnel

 

8,279

 

5,991

 

7,308

 

8,279

 

5,991

 

7,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from key management personnel

 

3,699

 

4,811

 

4,500

 

3,692

 

4,811

 

4,495

 

 

Loans made to and deposits held by key management personnel (including personally related parties) are made in the ordinary course of business on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers. Loans are on terms of repayment that range between fixed, variable and interest only, all of which have been made in accordance with the Bank’s lending policies. No provision for credit impairment has been recognised for loans made to key management personnel (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

All other transactions with key management personnel (including personally related parties) are conducted on an arm’s length basis in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms and conditions. These transactions principally consist of the provision of financial and investment services.

Key management personnel is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly, including directors (whether executive or otherwise).

Transactions with the Parent Company, Ultimate Parent Company and subsidiaries

Details of amounts provided by/to the Parent Company, Ultimate Parent Company and subsidiaries of the Banking Group during the ordinary course of business are set out in the relevant notes to these financial statements. No provision for credit impairment has been recognised during the six months ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

 

Consolidated

 

Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

6 months to

 

6 months to

 

Year to

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

29

 

24

 

79

 

– Parent Company

 

7

 

6

 

11

 

7

 

6

 

11

 

– Ultimate Parent Company

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Subsidiary companies

 

 

 

 

974

 

769

 

1,824

 

– Parent Company

 

100

 

94

 

190

 

100

 

94

 

190

 

– Ultimate Parent Company

 

89

 

66

 

141

 

27

 

28

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Ultimate Parent Company

 

34

 

46

 

76

 

34

 

46

 

76

 

– Arawata Assets Limited

 

 

 

 

49

 

39

 

88

 

– UDC Finance Limited

 

 

 

 

(2

)

(5

)

(9

)

– Truck Leasing Limited

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

4

 

 

Transactions with associates and joint venture entities

During the period the Banking Group conducted transactions with associates and joint venture entities on normal commercial terms and conditions as shown below:

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– associates

 

25

 

43

 

18

 

18

 

31

 

18

 

– joint venture entities

 

29

 

103

 

140

 

11

 

103

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– associates

 

 

1

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

– joint venture entities

 

5

 

2

 

7

 

3

 

2

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commission received from ING New Zealand joint venture

 

10

 

11

 

23

 

10

 

11

 

23

 

Costs recovered from ING New Zealand joint venture

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

 

The Banking Group provides registry services to the ING New Zealand joint venture in connection with the business of ING Managed Funds (NZ) Limited until 31 December 2006.

During the period the Banking Group provided payroll, tax accounting and compliance services, and premises in connection with and for the purpose of ING Insurance Services (NZ) Limited and ING Managed Funds (NZ) Limited.

A provision for credit impairment of $9 million is recognised for amounts outstanding from associates as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $11 million; 30/09/2006 $16 million).

No credit impairment loss was recognised on amounts outstanding from associates during the six months ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $4 million; 30/09/2006 $6 million).

76




47.     CONTROLLED ENTITIES, ASSOCIATES AND INTERESTS IN JOINTLY CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

Ownership

 

Balance

 

 

Controlled entities

 

Interest %

 

Dates

 

Nature of business

Airlie Investments Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Alos Holdings Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Amberley Investments

 

50

 

31 December

 

Finance company

ANZ Capital NZ Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

ANZ Investment Services (New Zealand) Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Funds management company

ANZ National (Int’l) Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

ANZ National Staff Superannuation Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Staff superannuation scheme trustee

APAC Investments Limited

 

65

 

30 September

 

Finance company

Arawata Assets Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Property company

Arawata Capital Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Arawata Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Arawata Funding Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Arawata Holdings Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Arawata Securities Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

Arawata Trust

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance entity

Arawata Trust Company

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

BHI Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

CBC Finance Limited (incorporated in United Kingdom)

 

100

 

31 December

 

Finance company

Control Nominees Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

Cortland Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Corvine Investments Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Culver Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Direct Broking Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

On-line share broker

Direct Nominees Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Non operative

EFTPOS New Zealand Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Eftpos service provider

Endeavour Caterpillar New Zealand Finance Company

 

50

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Endeavour Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Endeavour Securities Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

General Finance Custodians Limited

 

100

 

31 March

 

Mortgage finance

Harcourt Corporation Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Harcourt Investments Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Karapiro Investments Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Non operative

Marmion Trust

 

 

31 December

 

Finance entity

National Bank of New Zealand Custodians Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Nominee and custody services

NBNZ Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

NBNZ Holdings Hong Kong Limited (incorporated in Hong Kong)

 

100

 

31 December

 

Non operative

NBNZ Holdings Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

Nerine Finance No. 2

 

65

 

31 December

 

Finance entity

Origin Mortgage Management Services Limited

 

100

 

31 March

 

Mortgage finance

Pioneer First Limited

 

100

 

31 March

 

Mortgage finance

Private Nominees Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Nominee company

Sefton Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

South Pacific Merchant Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Southpac Corporation Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Trillium Holdings Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

Tui Endeavour Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

Tui Securities Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Investment company

UDC Finance Limited

 

100

 

30 September

 

Finance company

 

77




All controlled entities are incorporated in New Zealand, unless stated.

For all controlled entities, with the exception of Amberley Investments, the ownership interest percentage equates to the voting power held. A voting interest of 90% is held in Amberley Investments.

In relation to Endeavour Caterpillar New Zealand Finance Company, control exists through the ability to cast, or control the casting of more than half of the votes that are likely to be cast at a general meeting over significant matters.

In relation to Marmion Trust, control exists through the undertaking of the majority of variability of risks and rewards.

On 31 October 2006, UDC Finance Limited sold Truck Leasing Limited for consideration of $147 million. A gain on sale of $76 million was realised. Refer to Note 10 for full disclosure of the financial impact of the sale.

On 7 November 2006, the Banking Group exited its controlling interest in Starz Trust (65% ownership).

On 20 December 2006, the Banking Group entered into a transaction via its subsidiary, Arawata Funding Limited, resulting in the consolidation of Marmion Trust.

 

Voting

 

Ownership

 

Balance

 

 

Associates

 

Interest %

 

Interest %

 

Dates

 

Nature of business

Cards NZ Limited

 

25

 

17

 

30 September

 

Card services

Chequer Corporation Limited

 

45

 

81

 

30 September

 

Plastics manufacturing and recycling

Electronic Transaction Services Limited

 

25

 

25

 

31 March

 

Eftpos settlements

Green Acres Franchise Group Limited

 

43

 

43

 

31 March

 

Home maintenance franchise

Mondex New Zealand Limited

 

40

 

40

 

31 December

 

Card services

Wyma Engineering (NZ) Limited

 

31

 

31

 

31 March

 

Agricultural machinery supplier

 

All associates are incorporated in New Zealand.

On 8 March 2007, ANZ Capital NZ Limited acquired a 31% ownership interest in Wyma Engineering (NZ) Limited.

78




 

 

Voting

 

Ownership

 

Balance

 

 

Jointly controlled entities

 

Interest %

 

Interest %

 

Dates

 

Nature of business

Argenta Limited

 

25

 

25

 

31 July

 

Manufacture and marketing of animal remedies

BCS Group Limited

 

39

 

39

 

30 June

 

Manufacturer of baggage handling systems

ING (NZ) Holdings Limited

 

50

 

49

 

31 December

 

Funds management and insurance

JMI Aerospace Limited

 

33

 

33

 

31 March

 

Airline maintenance and service provider

 

All jointly controlled entities are incorporated in New Zealand.

The Banking Group has joint control of all these entities due to a combination of control factors, none of which gives either party overall control.

The joint ventures will adopt NZ IFRS in 2007. The ING New Zealand Joint Venture adopted NZ IFRS on 1 January 2007. There are not expected to be any material impacts on the Banking Group when the joint ventures adopt NZ IFRS.

The summarised financial information relating to the Banking Group’s investment in ING (NZ) Holdings Limited is as follows:

 

Parent and Consolidated

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share of assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

81

 

92

 

80

 

Other assets

 

156

 

163

 

176

 

Total assets

 

237

 

255

 

256

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

31

 

63

 

52

 

Other liabilities

 

10

 

16

 

18

 

Total liabilities

 

41

 

79

 

70

 

Net assets

 

196

 

176

 

186

 

Share of revenue, expenses and results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net underwriting result

 

26

 

5

 

32

 

Other revenue

 

14

 

17

 

35

 

Total revenue

 

40

 

22

 

67

 

Expenses

 

30

 

11

 

44

 

Profit before income tax

 

10

 

11

 

23

 

Income tax (credit) / expense

 

 

(1

)

1

 

Profit after tax

 

10

 

12

 

22

 

Share of commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease commitments

 

2

 

4

 

3

 

 

There are no unrecognised losses in respect of any of the Banking Group’s jointly controlled entities. The Banking Group’s share of the contingent liabilities of its joint ventures are incurred jointly with other investors. There were no contingent liabilities as at 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

79




48.     PARENT COMPANY AND ULTIMATE PARENT COMPANY

The Parent Company is ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited which is incorporated in New Zealand. The Ultimate Parent Company is Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited which is incorporated in Australia.

The Ultimate Parent Company is required to hold minimum capital at least equal to that specified under the Basel I framework. The capital adequacy ratios are:

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

6.7

%

6.8

%

6.8

%

Total Capital

 

10.3

%

10.4

%

10.6

%

 

The Ultimate Parent Company meets those requirements imposed on it by its home supervisor as at 31 March 2007 whereby banks must maintain a ratio of qualifying capital to risk weighted assets of at least 8 per cent.

The Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) introduced new prudential capital standards as at 1 July 2006 which contain various transitional rules which run through to different dates in 2008 and 2010 to coincide with Basel II implementation.

49.     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 1 May 2007.

On 12 April 2007, an interim ordinary dividend of $360 million was declared, to be paid to the parent company, ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited. The dividend per share was $0.51.

80




50.     EMPLOYEE SHARE AND OPTION PLANS

The Banking Group participates in the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option Plan operated by the ANZ. Any shares or options granted under these plans are shares in Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.

The closing market price of one ordinary share of ANZ quoted on the ASX (Australian Stock Exchange) at 31 March 2007 was A$29.70 (31/03/2006 A$26.50; 30/09/2006 A$26.86).

ANZ EMPLOYEE SHARE ACQUISITION PLAN

The ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan includes the A$1,000 Share Plan, the Deferred Share Plan and the Restricted Share Plan.

A$1,000 share plan

Each permanent employee who has had continuous service for one year with the Banking Group is eligible to participate in a scheme enabling the issue of up to A$1,000 of shares of ANZ in each financial year, subject to the approval of the Ultimate Parent Bank Board. The shares vest subject to satisfaction of a three year service period but may be forfeited in the event of resignation or termination for serious misconduct. On expiration of that period, an employee may sell the shares, transfer them into their name, or have them retained in trust. The issue price is based on the one-day volume weighted average price (‘VWAP’) of the shares traded on the ASX on the date of issue.

The Banking Group’s employees are required to pay NZ 1 cent per share at the time the shares are transferred to them. During the period to 31 March 2007, 269,025 shares with an average issue price of A$27.88 were issued under the A$1,000 Share Plan (31/03/2006 308,919 shares with an average issue price of A$23.67 were issued; 30/09/2006 308,919 shares with an average issue price of A$23.67 were issued).

Deferred share plan

The Banking Group’s last issue of shares under this plan was in November 2004. Selected employees were issued deferred shares, which vest subject to satisfaction of a minimum three year service period from the date of issue. Ordinary shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years, and may be required to meet performance hurdles before being able to be traded after the restriction period has expired. The issue price is based on the VWAP of the shares traded on the ASX in the five trading days leading up to and including the date of issue. Unvested shares are forfeited on resignation or dismissal, or if a performance condition has not been met.

During the period to 31 March 2007, no shares were issued under the deferred share plan (31/03/2006 no shares were issued; 30/09/2006 no shares were issued).

Restricted share plan

Restricted Shares are available to selected employees and are issued under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan. Selected employees have the option to take some (or all) of their incentive payment as Restricted Shares. The shares are held in trust and may not be traded until the conclusion of the one-year restriction period, after which they may be transferred into the employees name. Until they are transferred into the employees name, they continue to be subject to forfeiture on termination for serious misconduct.

Shares valuations

The fair value of services received in return for shares in the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan are measured by referring to the fair value of ANZ shares granted. The fair value of shares granted in the current period, measured at the date of grant of the shares, is NZ $9 million based on 269,025 shares at a weighted average price of A$27.88 converted at the exchange rate of 0.8391 (31/03/2006: $8 million based on 308,919 shares at a weighted average price of A$23.67 converted at the exchange rate of 0.9015 were issued; 30/09/2006: $8 million based on 308,919 shares at a weighted average price of A$23.67 converted at the exchange rate of 0.9015 were issued).

The average issue price of shares granted and the number of shares that are expected to ultimately vest to the employees at the end of the vesting period are used to calculate the fair value of shares. No dividends are incorporated into the measurement of the fair value of shares.

ANZ SHARE OPTION PLAN

Selected employees may be granted options, which entitle them to purchase ordinary fully paid shares in ANZ at a price fixed at the time when the options were issued. Voting and dividend rights will be attached to the unissued ordinary shares when the options have been exercised. Each option entitles a holder to purchase one ordinary share subject to any terms and conditions imposed on issue. The exercise price of the options (excluding zero-priced options) is determined in accordance with the rules of the plan, and is based on the weighted average price of the Ultimate Parent Bank’s shares traded during the five business days preceding the date of granting the options.

The main schemes of the ANZ Share Option Plan are as follows:

Current Option Plans

Performance rights plan

This scheme is a long term incentive program available to certain Banking Group employees since November 2005 and grants the right to acquire ANZ shares at nil cost, subject to a three year vesting period and a Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance hurdle. The proportion of rights that will become exercisable will depend upon the TSR achieved by ANZ relative to the companies in the comparator group, which consists of selected major financial services companies in the Standard & Poor’s and ASX 100 Index. Performance equal to the median TSR of the comparator group will result in half the rights becoming exercisable. Performance above the median will result in further performance rights becoming exercisable, increasing on a straight line basis until all of the rights become exercisable where ANZ’s TSR is at or above the 75th percentile in the comparator group. The TSR hurdle will only be tested once at the end of the three-year vesting period. If the rights do not pass the hurdle on testing date, or if they pass the hurdle on testing date and are not exercised by the end of five years from the grant date, the rights will lapse. In the case of resignation or termination on notice, only rights that become exercisable by the end of the notice period may be exercised. A grace period is provided in which to exercise the rights. All other rights will lapse. In the case of retrenchment or retirement, performance rights will be performance tested at the date of termination and where performance hurdles have been met, performance rights will be pro-rated and a grace period provided in which to exercise the rights. In case of death or total and permanent disablement, a grace period is provided in which to exercise all performance rights.

Deferred share rights

This scheme is a short term incentive program available to certain Banking Group employees since November 2004 and grants the right to acquire ANZ shares at nil cost after a specified vesting period ranging from one to three years. Performance rights must be exercised by the seventh anniversary of grant date. In the case of resignation, only rights that become exercisable by the end of the notice period may be exercised. A grace period is provided in which to exercise the rights. All other rights will lapse. In the case of termination on notice, retrenchment, retirement, death or total and permanent disablement, a grace period is provided in which to exercise all performance rights.

81




Legacy Option Plans

Performance options plan

This scheme is a long term incentive program available to certain Banking Group employees. The options can only be exercised after a three year vesting period and before the seventh anniversary of the grant date. There are no other performance conditions attached to these options. All unexercised options are generally forfeited on resignation but any options to which the Banking Group employee is entitled will need to be exercised within a specified period of termination. On retrenchment, entitlements to options will be pro-rated over the three year vesting period. On death or total and permanent disablement, all unvested options will become available for exercise. No further performance options have been granted to Banking Group employees after November 2005.

Zero-price options (ZPO)

A ZPO is a right to acquire an ANZ share at nil cost and is granted to certain employees as part of their employment contracts. The ZPOs have no time based vesting criteria, so can be exercised at any time during employment and within 6 months of termination of employment. ZPO’s must be exercised within two years of grant date or they lapse.

Other past option plans which are no longer available to the Banking Group’s employees, but continue to be amortised during their appropriate vesting periods are hurdled options and index linked options (ILOs).

Details of the options over unissued ANZ ordinary shares and their related weighted average exercise prices as at the beginning and end of the period and movements during the period are set out below:

 

Consolidated/Parent

 

 

 

31 /03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

Number

 

exercise

 

Number

 

exercise

 

Number

 

exercise

 

 

 

of shares

 

price(1)

 

of shares

 

price(1)

 

of shares

 

price(1)

 

 

 

 

 

A$ 

 

 

 

A$ 

 

 

 

A$ 

 

Share options at beginning of the period

 

1,668,436

 

17.49

 

1,590,402

 

18.20

 

1,590,402

 

18.20

 

Share options granted

 

293,864

 

 

439,415

 

14.75

 

439,415

 

14.75

 

Share options exercised

 

(153,990

)

17.38

 

(131,363

)

16.27

 

(248,243

)

17.07

 

Share options forfeited and expired

 

(15,801

)

18.60

 

(63,544

)

17.93

 

(113,138

)

18.65

 

Share options at end of the period

 

1,792,509

 

14.57

 

1,834,910

 

17.59

 

1,668,436

 

17.49

 

Weighted average share price during the period

 

 

 

28.49

 

 

 

24.30

 

 

 

25.25

 

Range of exercise prices on share options at end of the period

 

 

 

0.00 – 23.49

 

 

 

0.00 – 23.49

 

 

 

0.00 – 23.49

 

Weighted average remaining contractual life on share options at end of the period

 

 

 

50 months

 

 

 

60 months

 

 

 

55 months

 

 

Options valuations

The fair value of services received in return for share options are measured by referring to the fair value of ANZ share options granted. The fair value of options granted in the current year, measured at the date of grant are calculated using one of the following models:

(a) Monte-Carlo simulation model utilising the assumptions underlying Black-Scholes. In terms of factoring in early exercise, the model assumes that deferred share rights and performance rights are exercised as soon as they vest so that the option holder can benefit from the dividends. It assumes that the performance options are exercised when the share price reaches twice the exercise price; or

(b) an adjusted form of the Binomial Option pricing model (“BOM”). In terms of factoring in early exercise, the model assumes that the expected life of vanilla options is 5 years, performance rights is 4 years and that deferred share rights are exercised immediately to account for lack of marketability.

In addition, both models are designed such that they take into account as appropriate, any performance hurdles and non-transferability of the options

The following inputs are used to measure the fair value of instruments granted during the period. For each instrument, the model used (a or b) is indicated. All prices are quoted in Australian dollars:

 

Special deferred

 

STI deferred

 

LTI deferred

 

 

 

 

 

share

 

share

 

share

 

Performance

 

Option type

 

rights (b)

 

rights (b)

 

rights (b)

 

rights (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant date

 

1-Nov-2006

 

1-Nov-2006

 

1-Nov-2006

 

24-Oct-2006

 

Number of Options

 

4,060

 

69,234

 

28,516

 

192,054

 

Option value

 

$

27.54

 

$

26.89

 

$

25.66

 

$

13.08

 

Exercise price (5 day VWAP)

 

$

nil

 

$

nil

 

$

nil

 

$

nil

 

Share price at grant

 

$

29.54

 

$

29.54

 

$

29.54

 

$

28.15

 

ANZ expected volatility(2)

 

15

%

15

%

15

%

15

%

Option term

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

Vesting period

 

18 months

 

2 years

 

3 years

 

3 years

 

Expected life

 

18 months

 

2 years

 

3 years

 

4 years

 

Expected dividends

 

4.80

%

4.80

%

4.80

%

4.80

%

Risk free interest rate

 

6.11

%

6.11

%

6.02

%

6.00

%

 


*For modelling purposes a 10% p.a. turnover rate (post vesting) has been assumed and that option holders will exercise their options if the share price is greater than twice the exercise price.

(1) Calculation of weighted average exercise prices are affected by performance rights, deferred share rights and ZPO plans which have nil exercise prices.

(2) Expected volatility is based on ANZ’s historic volatility.

82




51.     RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

The Banking Group has established a number of pension and superannuation schemes. The Banking Group may be obliged to contribute to the schemes as a consequence of legislation and provision of trust deeds. Legal enforceability is dependent on the terms of the legislation and trust deeds. The major schemes are:

 

 

 

Contribution levels

Scheme

 

Scheme type

 

Employee

 

Employer

ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme(1)

 

Defined Benefit Scheme(2)
or

 

Nil

 

Balance of cost(4)

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

2.5% minimum of salary

 

7.5% of salary(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund(1)

 

Defined Benefit Scheme(3)
or

 

5% of salary

 

Balance of cost(5)

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

2.0% minimum of salary

 

11.2% of salary(7)

 

Details of the defined benefit schemes are as follows:

Actuarial valuations are undertaken every six months. The latest valuations were carried out as at 31 March 2007.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet arising from the Banking Group’s obligation in respect of its defined benefit schemes are determined as follows:

 

 

Consolidated/Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of the period

 

190

 

187

 

187

 

Current service cost

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

Interest cost

 

6

 

6

 

11

 

Contributions by scheme participants

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Actuarial losses

 

3

 

10

 

7

 

Benefits paid

 

(7

)

(12

)

(20

)

Present value of funded defined benefit obligations

 

195

 

194

 

190

 

Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of the period

 

196

 

195

 

195

 

Expected return on scheme assets (net of tax)

 

5

 

6

 

11

 

Actuarial gains

 

12

 

8

 

5

 

Contributions by employer

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

Contributions by scheme participants

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Benefits paid

 

(7

)

(12

)

(20

)

Fair value of scheme assets

 

209

 

200

 

196

 

Net defined benefit asset recognised on balance sheet

 

14

 

6

 

6

 

 

The fair value of scheme assets include cash deposits and fixed interest investments of $5 million with the Banking Group (31/03/2006 $4 million; 30/09/2006 $9 million).

 

 

 

The amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of defined benefit schemes are as follows:

 

 

Current service cost

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

Interest cost

 

6

 

6

 

11

 

Expected return on scheme assets (net of tax)

 

(5

)

(6

)

(11

)

Contribution withholding tax

 

 

1

 

2

 

Total pension costs recognised in the income statement – defined benefit superannuation schemes

 

3

 

3

 

6

 

 


(1) These schemes provide for pension benefits and provide for lump sum benefits.

(2) Closed to new members on 31 March 1990. Operates to make pension payments to retirees who were members of that section of the scheme or to dependents of the members.

(3) Closed to new members on 1 October 1991.

(4) As recommended by the actuary, currently $nil (31/03/2006 $nil; 30/09/2006 $nil).

(5) As recommended by the actuary, currently 22.3% (31/03/2006 22.3%; 30/09/2006 22.3%) of members’ salaries.

(6) 2007: 7.5% (31/03/2006 7.5%; 30/09/2006 7.5%) of members’ salaries.

(7) 2007: 11.2% (31/03/2006 11.2%; 30/09/2006 11.2%) of members’ salaries.

83




The actuarial gains and losses recognised directly in equity via the statement of recognised income and expense are as follows:

 

Consolidated/Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

Actuarial gains (pre-tax) at beginning of the period

 

4

 

6

 

6

 

Actuarial gain (loss) (pre-tax) incurred during the period

 

9

 

(2

)

(2

)

Balance of actuarial gains (pre-tax) at end of the period

 

13

 

4

 

4

 

Income tax expense recognised directly in equity

 

(4

)

(1

)

(1

)

Balance of actuarial gains at end of the period

 

9

 

3

 

3

 

 

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:

 

 

The National Bank

 

ANZ Group (New Zealand)

 

 

 

Staff Superannuation Fund

 

Staff Superannuation Scheme

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

Defined benefits calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate (gross of tax)

 

6.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

Future price inflation

 

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

Future pension increases

 

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

Future salary increases

 

3.0

%

3.0

%

3.7

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheme assets calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected return on scheme assets (net of tax)

 

5.5

%

5.5

%

5.5

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

 

The overall expected return on scheme assets is determined by reference to market expectations, at beginning of the relevant period, of asset performance applicable to the period over which the defined benefit obligation is to be settled. The overall expected return on scheme assets reflects an aggregation of the expected returns on the underlying asset classes.

The actual return on scheme assets (net of tax) for The National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund was 4.2% for the six months ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 6.5%; 30/09/2006 9.1%). The actual return on scheme assets (net of tax) for the ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme was 2.6% for the six months ended 31 March 2007 (31/03/2006 2.6%; 30/09/2006 7.6%).

The investment return on scheme assets is taxed at 33% (31/03/2006 33%; 30/09/2006 33%).

The major categories of scheme assets as a percentage of the fair value of scheme plan assets are as follows:

 

The National Bank

 

ANZ Group (New Zealand)

 

 

 

Staff Superannuation Fund

 

Staff Superannuation Scheme

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short term debt instruments

 

15.0

%

19.0

%

15.0

%

18.0

%

9.0

%

12.0

%

New Zealand fixed interest

 

22.0

%

25.0

%

22.0

%

18.0

%

24.0

%

26.0

%

Overseas fixed interest

 

16.0

%

11.0

%

17.0

%

23.0

%

26.0

%

24.0

%

New Zealand equities

 

12.0

%

11.0

%

11.0

%

7.0

%

10.0

%

9.0

%

Overseas equities

 

35.0

%

34.0

%

35.0

%

28.0

%

26.0

%

24.0

%

Property

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

6.0

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The benchmark weightings of each asset class is determined by the Trustee in conjunction with the investment manager.

84




Historical Summary

Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments (the effects of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred in the period) and the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions on valuation date. The history of the schemes’ net position and experience adjustments is as follows:

 

Consolidated/Parent

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Unaudited

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

 

 

31/03/2007

 

31/03/2006

 

30/09/2006

 

30/09/2005

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation

 

(195

)

(194

)

(190

)

(187

)

Fair value of scheme assets

 

209

 

200

 

196

 

195

 

Net benefit asset

 

14

 

6

 

6

 

8

 

Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

Experience adjustment on scheme assets

 

12

 

8

 

5

 

11

 

 

Employer contributions

To ensure the defined benefit schemes remain solvent, the schemes’ independent actuaries recommend an employer contribution rate to the Banking Group, annually for The National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund and every three years for the ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme. The funding methods and current contribution rates of the individual schemes are determined in accordance with FRS 32 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Schemes and differ to the actuarial valuations undertaken for NZ IFRS purposes.

The National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund deficit was valued at $5 million in the most recent actuarial valuation, 1 April 2006. The most recent actuarial valuation for the ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation undertaken at 31 December 2004 was $0.2 million surplus.

The Banking Group expects to contribute $4 million (net of contributions withholding tax) to its defined benefit schemes in the year to 30 September 2007 (30/09/2006 $4 million). Employer contributions are taxed at a rate of 33% (31/03/2006 33%; 30/09/2006 33%).

Contingent liabilities

The National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund

The Banking Group has no present liability under the Fund’s Trust Deed to fund the deficit, but it does have a contingent liability if the Fund was wound up. Under the Fund’s Trust Deed, if this scheme were wound up, the Banking Group is required to pay the Trustee of the Fund an amount sufficient to ensure members do not suffer a reduction in benefits to which they would otherwise be entitled.

ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme

If the Scheme is wound up then its assets must be cashed up and applied to all members’ benefits. If Scheme funds are insufficient to pay all members’ benefits then the Banking Group must pay to the Scheme such amounts as the Scheme Actuary determines are necessary to pay those benefits.

85




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

DIRECTORATE AND AUDITORS

Directorate and Auditors

The address to which any document or communication may be sent to any Director is ANZ National Bank Limited, Level 14, 215-229 Lambton Quay, PO Box 1492, Wellington, New Zealand. The document or communication should be marked for the attention of that Director.

Directors’ Interests

In order to ensure that members of the Board are reminded of their disclosure obligations under the Companies Act 1993, the following procedures are adopted:

a)              At least once in each year, Directors are requested to complete, in terms of section 140(1) of the Companies Act 1993, a disclosure of any interests which they have with the Bank itself. Directors are reminded at this time of their obligation under the Companies Act 1993 to disclose promptly any transaction or proposed transaction with the Bank in which they have an interest.

b)             Directors are also requested to make a general disclosure of their interest in other entities in terms of section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993. In addition, they are requested to initiate a review of that disclosure if there are any significant alterations which occur subsequently during the year.

In addition to the written disclosures referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, Directors disclose relevant interests which they have before discussion of particular business items.

The Companies Act 1993 (subject to any different provision in the Bank’s Constitution) allows a Director with an interest in a transaction to participate in discussions and to vote on all matters relating to that particular transaction. The Bank’s Constitution does not alter that situation. However, the Board has adopted a guideline whereby a Director with an interest in a transaction should not be present during any discussions, and should not vote, on any matter pertaining to that particular transaction.

Transactions with Directors

No Director has disclosed that he or any immediate relative or professional associate has any dealing with the Banking Group which has been either entered into on terms other than those which would in the ordinary course of business be given to any other person of like circumstances or means or which could otherwise be reasonably likely to influence materially the exercise of the Director’s duties as a Director of the Bank.

Changes to Directorships

There have been no changes in the Bank’s Board of Directors since the authorisation date of the previous Disclosure Statement on 15 February 2007

Board Members as at 1 May 2007

Independent Non-Executive Director, Chairman

Sir Dryden Spring

DSc

Company Director

Matamata, New Zealand

Directorships

Director: Sky City Entertainment Group Limited, Port of Tauranga Limited, Fletcher Building Limited, Fletcher Building Finance Limited, Northport Limited

 

Executive Director

Graham Kennedy Hodges

BEc (Hons)

Chief Executive

ANZ National Bank Limited

Wellington, New Zealand

Directorships

Nil

Non-Executive Directors

Dr Bob Edgar

Ph.D, BEc (Hons)

Senior Managing Director

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Melbourne, Australia

Directorships

Chairman: Esanda Finance Corporation Limited, ING Australia Limited

Director: ANZ Insage Pty Limited, ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Limited, ANZIB Specialist Asset Management Limited, Tianjin City Commercial Bank, ANZ Business Equity Fund Ltd (Alternative Director)

 

John McFarlane, OBE

MA, MBA

Chief Executive Officer

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Melbourne, Australia

Directorships

Director: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Ballimore Pty Limited

86




Peter Ralph Marriott

BEc (Hons), FCA

Chief Financial Officer

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Melbourne, Australia

Directorships

Director: Binnstone Traders Pty Limited, ANZ Capital Hedging Pty Limited, ANZ (Delaware) Inc., ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited, Deori Pty Limited, Esanda Finance Corporation Limited, ANZEST Pty Limited, ANZ Funds Pty Limited, GNPL Pty Limited, ANZ Investment Holdings Pty Limited, ANZ Investments Pty Limited, LFD Limited, ANZ Orchard Investments Pty Limited, RFDL Pty Limited, Ballimore Pty Limited

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Norman Michael Thomas Geary, CBE

B Com, FACA, FNZIM, FCIT

Company Director

Auckland, New Zealand

Directorships

Chairman: Gough Holdings Limited, Gough Gough & Hamer Investments Limited, Gough Gough & Hamer Limited, Gough Gough & Hamer Properties Limited, Gough Finance Limited, Gough Transport Supplies Limited, Transport Specialities Limited, Transport Wholesale Limited, Heavy Duty Transport Equipment Pty Limited, Reyco Australia Pty Limited, Australian Tipping Systems Pty Limited

Director: Fisher & Paykel Appliances Holdings Limited, Otago Innovation Limited, DB Breweries Limited

Robert Arnold McLeod

B Com, LLB, FCA

Company Director

Auckland, New Zealand

Directorships

Chairman: Sealord Group Limited, Aotearoa Fisheries Limited, Raukura Moana Fisheries Limited

Director: North East NZ Limited, North East Trustee Limited, North East Statutory Supervisor Limited, Credit and Debit Limited, Debit and Credit (Wellington) Limited, Gullivers Travel Group Limited, Sky City Entertainment Group Limited, Steward Limited, Tainui Group Holdings Limited, Te Ohu Kai Moana Trustee Limited, Robert A McLeod Limited, McLeod Custodian Limited, RAM Custodian Limited, Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited, Kura Limited

Audit Committee Members as at 1 May 2007

R A McLeod (Chairman)

Independent Non-Executive Director

Sir Dryden Spring

Independent Non-Executive Director

P R Marriott

Non-Executive Director

N M T Geary

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

The Audit Committee, which is a sub-committee of the Board, has responsibility for reviewing all aspects of published financial statements. The Audit Committee Charter provides that the membership of the Audit Committee shall be not less than three non-executive Directors. The quorum shall be not less than two non-executive Director members.

Responsible Persons

Sir Dryden Spring has been authorised in writing in accordance with section 82 of the Reserve Bank Act of New Zealand 1989 to sign this General Disclosure Statement on behalf of the following Directors of the Bank, as a responsible person under the Order: Dr R J Edgar, N M T Geary, CBE, G K Hodges, J McFarlane, OBE, R A McLeod and P R Marriott.

Auditors

KPMG

Chartered Accountants

10 Customhouse Quay

P O Box 996

Wellington, New Zealand

87




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONDITIONS OF REGISTRATION

Conditions of Registration, applicable as at 1 May 2007. These Conditions of Registration have applied from 30 March 2007.

The registration of ANZ National Bank Limited (‘the Bank’) as a registered bank is subject to the following conditions:

1.               That the Banking Group complies with the following requirements at all times:

-       Capital of the Banking Group is not less than 8 percent of risk weighted exposures.

-       Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group is not less than 4 percent of risk weighted exposures.

-       Capital of the Banking Group is not less than NZ $15 million.

That the Bank complies with the following requirements at all times:

        Capital of the Bank is not less than 8 percent of risk weighted exposures.

-       Tier 1 capital of the Bank is not less than 4 percent of risk weighted exposures.

-       Capital of the Bank is not less than NZ $15 million.

For the purposes of this condition of registration, capital, Tier 1 capital and risk weighted exposures shall be calculated in accordance with the Reserve Bank of New Zealand document entitled ‘Capital Adequacy Framework’ (BS2) dated March 2007.

In its disclosure statements under the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Off-Quarter – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007, the Bank must include all of the information relating to the capital position of both the Bank and the Banking Group which would be required if the second schedule of that Order was replaced by the second schedule of the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half-Year – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007 in respect of the relevant quarter.

2.               That the Banking Group does not conduct any non-financial activities that in aggregate are material relative to its total activities, where the term material is based on generally accepted accounting practice, as defined in the Financial Reporting Act 1993.

3.               That the Banking Group’s insurance business is not greater than 1% of its total consolidated assets. For the purposes of this condition:

(i)  Insurance business means any business of the nature referred to in section 4 of the Insurance Companies (Ratings and Inspections) Act 1994 (including those to which the Act is disapplied by sections 4(1)(a) and (b) and 9 of that Act), or any business of the nature referred to in section 3(1) of the Life Insurance Act 1908;

(ii) In measuring the size of the Banking Group’s insurance business:

(a)          Where insurance business is conducted by any entity whose business predominantly consists of insurance business, the size of that insurance business shall be:

·                  The total consolidated assets of the group headed by that entity;

·      Or if the entity is a subsidiary of another entity whose business predominantly consists of insurance business, the total consolidated assets of the group headed by the latter entity;

(b)   Otherwise, the size of each insurance business conducted by any entity within the Banking Group shall equal the total liabilities relating to that insurance business, plus the equity retained by the entity to meet the solvency or financial soundness needs of the insurance business;

(c)   The amounts measured in relation to parts a) and b) shall be summed and compared to the total consolidated assets of the Banking Group. All amounts in parts a) and b) shall relate to on balance sheet items only, and shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, as defined in the Financial Reporting Act 1993;

(d)   Where products or assets of which an insurance business is comprised also contain a non-insurance component, the whole of such products or assets shall be considered part of the insurance business.

4.               That aggregate credit exposures (of a non-capital nature and net of specific provisions) of the Banking Group to all connected persons do not exceed the rating-contingent limit outlined in the following matrix:

Credit Rating

 

Connected exposure limit (%
of the Banking Group’s Tier 
1 capital)

 

AA/Aa2 and above

 

75

 

AA-/Aa3

 

70

 

A+/A1

 

60

 

A/A2

 

40

 

A-/A3

 

30

 

BBB+/Baa1 and below

 

15

 

 

Within the rating-contingent limit, credit exposures (of a non-capital nature and net of specific provisions) to non-bank connected persons shall not exceed 15 percent of the Banking Group’s Tier 1 capital.

For the purposes of this condition of registration, compliance with the rating-contingent connected exposure limit is determined in accordance with the Reserve Bank of New Zealand document entitled ‘Connected Exposure Policy’ (BS8) dated March 2007.

5.               That exposures to connected persons are not on more favourable terms (e.g. as relates to such matters as credit assessment, tenor, interest rates, amortisation schedules and requirement for collateral) than corresponding exposures to non-connected persons.

6.               That the board of the Bank contains at least two independent directors and that alternates for those directors, if any, are also independent. In this context an independent director (or alternate) is a director (or alternate) who is not an employee of the Bank, and who is not a director, trustee, or employee of any holding company (as that term is defined in section 5 of the Companies Act 1993) of the Bank, or any other entity capable of controlling or significantly influencing the Bank.

7.               That the chairperson of the Bank’s board is not an employee of the Bank.

8.               That the Bank’s constitution does not include any provision permitting a director, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to act other than in what he or she believes is the best interests of the company (i.e. the Bank).

9.               That a substantial proportion of the Bank’s business is conducted in and from New Zealand.

10.         That none of the following actions may be taken except with the consent of the Reserve Bank:

(i)      Any transfer to another person or entity (other than the Bank or any member of the Banking Group which is incorporated in, and operating in, New Zealand) of all or a material part of any business (which term shall include the customers of the business) carried on by the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group); and

88




(ii)              Any transfer or change by which all or a material part of the management, operational capacity or systems of the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group) is transferred to, or is to be performed by, another person or entity other than the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group which is incorporated in, and operating in, New Zealand); and

(iii)           Any action affecting, or other change in, the arrangements by which any function relating to any business carried on by the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group) is performed, which has or may have the effect that all or a material part of any such function will be performed by another person or entity other than the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group which is incorporated in, and operating in, New Zealand); and

(iv)          Any action that prohibits, prevents or restricts the authority or ability of the board of the Bank or any statutory manager of the Bank (or the board of any member of the Banking Group or any statutory manager of any member of the Banking Group) to have unambiguous legal authority and practical ability to control and operate any business or activity of the Bank (or any member of the Banking Group).

11.         That no appointment of any director, chief executive officer, or executive who reports or is accountable directly to the chief executive officer, shall be made in respect of the Bank unless:

(i)                 The Reserve Bank has been supplied with a copy of the curriculum vitae of the proposed appointee, and

(ii)              The Reserve Bank has advised that it has no objection to that appointment.

12.         (i)     That the management of the Bank by its chief executive officer shall be carried out solely under the direction and supervision of the board of directors of the Bank.

(ii)              That the employment contract of the chief executive officer of the Bank shall be with the Bank. The chief executive officer’s responsibilities shall be owed solely to the Bank and the terms and conditions of the chief executive officer’s employment agreement shall be determined by, and any decision relating to the employment or termination of employment of the chief executive officer shall be made by, the board of directors of the Bank.

(iii)           That all staff employed by the Bank shall have their remuneration determined by (or under the delegated authority of) the chief  executive officer of the Bank and be accountable (directly or indirectly) solely to the chief executive officer of the Bank.

13.         (i)     That no later than 31 December 2005 the Bank shall locate and continue to operate in New Zealand the Bank’s domestic system and the board of directors of the Bank will have legal and practical ability to control the management and operation of the domestic system.

(ii)              That in respect of the international system the board of directors of the Bank will, no later than 30 June 2007, have legal and practical ability to control the management and operation of the international system.

For the purposes of these conditions of registration, the term ‘Banking Group’ means ANZ National Bank Limited’s financial reporting group (as defined in section 2(1) of the Financial Reporting Act 1993).

For the purposes of these conditions of registration, the term ‘domestic system’ means all property, assets, systems and resources (including in particular (but without limitation) the management, administrative and information technology systems) owned, operated, or used, by the Bank supporting, relating to, or connected with:

(a)     the New Zealand dollar accounts and channels servicing the consumer banking market (but potentially also other customer segments); and

(b)    the general ledger covering subsidiary ledgers for (a) above, together with a daily updated summary of the subsidiary ledgers running on the international system; and

(c)     any other functions, operations or business of, or carried on by, the Bank (now or at any time in the future) that are not included in, or form part of, the international system;

other than property, assets, systems and resources that are not material to the domestic system, both individually and in aggregate.

For the purposes of these conditions of registration the term ‘international system’ means those systems of the Bank generally having one or more of the following characteristics:

(a)            supports foreign currency accounts/transactions;

(b)           supports cross-border trade, payments and other transactions;

(c)            supports businesses that operate in global markets;

(d)    supports accounts and transactions undertaken by institutions, corporates and banks;

(e)     used to manage large, volatile risk businesses which operate on a global basis;

(f)                used to service customers who conduct accounts and transactions with the Bank in multiple countries;

(g)    used by the non-Bank subsidiary companies

89




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CREDIT RATING INFORMATION

The Bank has two current credit ratings, which are applicable to its long-term senior unsecured obligations which are payable in New Zealand in New Zealand dollars. The credit ratings are:

Standard & Poor’s

 

AA

 

 

 

Moody’s Investors Service

 

Aa3

 

The Standard & Poor’s rating was issued on 22 February 2007. On this date Standard & Poor’s revised the Bank’s rating to AA from AA-. There have been no other changes in the credit rating issued in the past two years ended 31 March 2007. The rating is not subject to any qualifications.

The Moody’s Investors Service rating was issued on 31 July 2000. There have been no changes in the credit rating issued in the past two years ended 31 March 2007. The rating is not subject to any qualifications.

The following is a description of the major ratings categories by Ratings Agency:

Standard & Poor’s Credit rating scale for long-term ratings:

Ratings scale

 

Description

 

 

 

AAA

 

Extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner. Highest rating assigned.

 

 

 

AA

 

Very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner. This differs from the highest rating only in a small degree.

 

 

 

A

 

Strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner, but may be more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than higher rated entities.

 

 

 

BBB

 

Adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner, however adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to meet debt servicing commitments than higher rated entities.

 

 

 

BB

 

A degree of speculation exists with respect to the ability of an entity with this credit rating to pay interest and repay principal in a timely manner. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions could impair the borrower’s capacity to meet debt service commitments in a timely manner.

 

 

 

B

 

Entities rated B are more vulnerable to adverse business, financial or economic conditions than entities in higher rating categories. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the borrower’s capacity or willingness to meet debt service commitments in a timely manner.

 

 

 

CCC

 

Entities rated CCC are currently vulnerable to default and are dependent on favourable business, financial and economic conditions to meet debt service commitments in a timely manner. In the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions the entity is likely to default.

 

 

 

CC

 

Entities rated CC are currently highly vulnerable to non-payment of interest and principal.

 

 

 

C

 

Entities rated C have filed a bankruptcy petition or taken similar action, but payment of obligations are being continued.

 

 

 

D

 

D rated entities are in default. This is assigned when interest or principal payments are not made on the date due or when an insolvency petition or a request to appoint a receiver is filed.

 

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

90




Moody’s Investors Service – Credit rating scale for long-term ratings:

Ratings scale

 

Description

 

 

 

Aaa

 

Judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as ‘gilt edged’. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualised are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

 

 

Aa

 

Judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

 

 

 

A

 

Possess many favourable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

 

 

 

Baa

 

Considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e. they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

 

 

Ba

 

Judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterises bonds in this class.

 

 

 

B

 

Generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

 

 

Caa

 

These bonds are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

 

 

Ca

 

Represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

 

 

C

 

These are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s Investors Service bond ratings, where specified, are applied to financial contracts, senior bank obligations and insurance company senior policyholder and claims obligations with an original maturity in excess of one year.

Moody’s Investors Service applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from ‘Aa’ through ‘Caa’. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

91




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT for the six months ended 31 March 2007

Directors’ Statement

As at the date on which this Disclosure Statement is signed, after due enquiry, each Director believes that:

(i)             The Disclosure Statement contains all the information that is required by the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half Year – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007;

(ii)          The Disclosure Statement is not false or misleading.

Over the six months ended 31 March 2007, after due enquiry, each Director believes that:

(i)             ANZ National Bank Limited has complied with the Conditions of Registration;

(ii)          Credit exposures to connected persons were not contrary to the interests of the Banking Group;

(iii)       ANZ National Bank Limited had systems in place to monitor and control adequately the Banking Group’s material risks, including credit risk, concentration of credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, equity risk, liquidity risk and other business risks, and that those systems were being properly applied.

This General Disclosure Statement is dated, and has been signed by or on behalf of all Directors of the Bank on, 1 May 2007. On that date, the Directors of the Bank were:

Dr R J Edgar

N M T Geary, CBE

G K Hodges

J McFarlane, OBE

R A McLeod

P R Marriott

Sir Dryden Spring

 

92




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

INDEPENDENT REVIEW REPORT for the six months ended 31 March 2007

Independent Review Report to the Directors of ANZ National Bank Limited

 

We have reviewed the interim financial statements, including supplementary information, on pages 4 to 85 in accordance with the Review Engagement Standards issued by the New Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants. The interim financial statements and supplementary information provide information about the past financial performance and financial position of ANZ National Bank Limited (the ‘Registered Bank’) and its subsidiary companies (the ‘Banking Group’) as at 31 March 2007. This information is stated in accordance with accounting policies set out on pages 8 to 15.

The supplementary information is disclosed in accordance with clauses 12(3), 12(4) and 14A of the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (Full and Half – Year – New Zealand Incorporated Registered Banks) Order 2007 (the ‘Order’).

 

Directors’ responsibilities

 

The Directors are responsible for the preparation of interim financial statements in accordance with clause 12(2) of the Order which give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Registered Bank and Banking Group as at 31 March 2007 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended on that date.

 

They are also responsible for the preparation of supplementary information which:

 

·         gives a true and fair view, in accordance with clause 12(3) and 14A of the Order, of the matters to which it relates; and

·         complies with Schedules 7 and 8, in accordance with clause 12(4) of the Order.

 

Reviewers’ responsibilities

 

It is our responsibility to independently review the interim financial statements including supplementary information presented by the Directors and state to you whether anything has come to our attention that would cause us to believe that the interim financial statements or supplementary information do not present a true and fair view of the matters to which they relate, in accordance with clause 15(2) of the Order.

 

Basis of opinion

 

A review is limited primarily to enquiries of Banking Group personnel and analytical review procedures applied to the financial data, and thus provides less assurance than an audit. We have not performed an audit and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

 

Our firm has provided other services to the Registered Bank and Banking Group in relation to other audit related services. Partners and employees of our firm may also deal with the Registered Bank and Banking Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Registered Bank and Banking Group. There are, however, certain restrictions on borrowings which the partners and employees of our firm can have with the Registered Bank and Banking Group. These matters have not impaired our independence as auditors of the Registered Bank and Banking Group. The firm has no other relationship with, or interest in, the Registered Bank and Banking Group.

 

Review Opinion

 

Based on our review nothing has come to our attention that would cause us to believe that:

 

·                           the interim financial statements on pages 4 to 85 do not present a true and fair view of the financial position of the Registered Bank and Banking Group as at 31 March 2007 and the results of their operations and cash flows for the six months ended on that date in accordance with New Zealand equivalent to International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting; and

·                           the supplementary information disclosed in accordance with clause 12(3) and 14A of the Order does not present a true and fair view of the matters to which it relates; and

·                           the supplementary information disclosed in accordance with clause 12(4) of the Order does not comply with Schedules 7 and 8 of the Order.

Our review was completed on 1 May 2007 and our review opinion is expressed as at that date.

Wellington

93




ANZ NATIONAL BANK LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

GENERAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENT for the six months ended 31 March 2007

Index

General Disclosures

 

 

Summary of Financial Statements

 

 

Income Statements

 

 

Statements of Recognised Income and Expenses

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

Cash Flow Statements

 

 

1

 

Accounting Policies

 

 

2

 

Critical Estimates and Judgements Used in

 

 

 

 

Applying Accounting Policies

 

 

3

 

Risk Management Policies

 

 

4

 

Income

 

 

5

 

Expenses

 

 

6

 

Income Tax Expense

 

 

7

 

Liquid Assets

 

 

8

 

Due from Other Financial Institutions

 

 

9

 

Trading Securities

 

 

10

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

11

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

 

12

 

Available-For-Sale Assets

 

 

13

 

Net Loans and Advances

 

 

14

 

Impaired Assets, Past Due Assets and Other Assets Under Administration

 

 

15

 

Provision for Credit Impairment

 

 

16

 

Investment for Controlled Entities, Associates and Jointly Controlled Entities

 

 

17

 

Other Assets

 

 

18

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

19

 

Premises and Equipment

 

 

20

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

 

21

 

Due to Other Financial Institutions

 

 

22

 

Deposits and Other Borrowings

 

 

23

 

Payables and Other Liabilities

 

 

24

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

25

 

Provisions

 

 

26

 

Bonds and Notes

 

 

 

27

 

Related Party Funding

 

 

 

28

 

Loan Capital

 

 

 

29

 

Ordinary Share Capital

 

 

 

30

 

Reserves and Retained Profits

 

 

 

31

 

Capital Adequacy

 

 

 

32

 

Financial Risk Management

 

 

 

33

 

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

 

 

34

 

Maturity Analysis of Assets and Liabilities

 

 

 

35

 

Interest Sensitivity Gap and Weighted Average Interest Rates

 

 

 

36

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

 

 

37

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

 

 

38

 

Concentrations of Funding

 

 

 

39

 

Market Risk

 

 

 

40

 

Securitisation, Funds Management, Other Fiduciary Activities and the Marketing and Distribution of Insurance Products

 

 

 

41

 

Contingent Liabilities and Credit Related Commitments

 

 

 

42

 

Commitments

 

 

 

43

 

Interest Earning and Discount Bearing Assets and Liabilities

 

 

 

44

 

Segmental Analysis

 

 

 

45

 

Notes to the Cash Flow Statements

 

 

 

46

 

Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

47

 

Controlled Entities, Associates and Interests in Jointly Controlled Entities

 

 

 

48

 

Parent Company and Ultimate Parent Company

 

 

 

49

 

Subsequent Events

 

 

 

50

 

Employee Share and Option Plans

 

 

 

51

 

Retirement Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

Directorate and Auditors

 

 

 

Conditions of Registration

 

 

 

Credit Rating Information

 

 

 

Directors’ Statement

 

 

 

Audit Review Report

 

 

 

 

94